Document:

EX-10.30

 Exhibit 10.30 
 EXECUTION VERSION 
 30 April 2013 

ALIBABA GROUP HOLDING LIMITED 
 THE COMPANIES NAMED HEREIN 
 as Original Guarantors 

arranged by 

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS NAMED HEREIN 
 as Mandated Lead Arrangers 
 THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS NAMED HEREIN

 as Original Lenders 
 with 
 CITICORP INTERNATIONAL LIMITED 

acting as Agent 
 CITICORP INTERNATIONAL LIMITED 
 acting as Security Agent 

 
  

 
 US$8,000,000,000

 FACILITIES AGREEMENT 
 dated 30 April 2013 
 for 

ALIBABA GROUP HOLDING LIMITED 
  

 
  

 
 

 

 CONTENT 

 

							
	Clause	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 1.
	  	 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	  	 	1	  
			
	 2.
	  	 THE FACILITIES
	  	 	24	  
			
	 3.
	  	 PURPOSE
	  	 	27	  
			
	 4.
	  	 CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
	  	 	27	  
			
	 5.
	  	 UTILISATION
	  	 	28	  
			
	 6.
	  	 REPAYMENT
	  	 	29	  
			
	 7.
	  	 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
	  	 	32	  
			
	 8.
	  	 INTEREST
	  	 	35	  
			
	 9.
	  	 INTEREST PERIODS
	  	 	36	  
			
	 10.
	  	 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
	  	 	38	  
			
	 11.
	  	 FEES
	  	 	39	  
			
	 12.
	  	 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
	  	 	40	  
			
	 13.
	  	 INCREASED COSTS
	  	 	43	  
			
	 14.
	  	 MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
	  	 	45	  
			
	 15.
	  	 OTHER INDEMNITIES
	  	 	46	  
			
	 16.
	  	 COSTS AND EXPENSES
	  	 	48	  
			
	 17.
	  	 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY
	  	 	48	  
			
	 18.
	  	 REPRESENTATIONS
	  	 	51	  
			
	 19.
	  	 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
	  	 	57	  
			
	 20.
	  	 FINANCIAL COVENANTS
	  	 	62	  
			
	 21.
	  	 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
	  	 	65	  
			
	 22.
	  	 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	  	 	72	  
			
	 23.
	  	 CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
	  	 	76	  
			
	 24.
	  	 CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
	  	 	83	  
			
	 25.
	  	 DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
	  	 	84	  
			
	 26.
	  	 ROLE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE PARTIES
	  	 	86	  
			
	 27.
	  	 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
	  	 	96	  
			
	 28.
	  	 PAYMENT MECHANICS
	  	 	98	  
			
	 29.
	  	 SET-OFF
	  	 	101	  
			
	 30.
	  	 NOTICES
	  	 	102	  
			
	 31.
	  	 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
	  	 	104	  
			
	 32.
	  	 PARTIAL INVALIDITY
	  	 	104	  
			
	 33.
	  	 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
	  	 	104	  

							
	 34.
	  	 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
	  	 	104	  
			
	 35.
	  	 COUNTERPARTS
	  	 	110	  
			
	 36.
	  	 GOVERNING LAW
	  	 	110	  
			
	 37.
	  	 ENFORCEMENT
	  	 	110	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 1 THE ORIGINAL PARTIES
	  	 	112	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	  	 	114	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 3 REQUESTS
	  	 	120	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 4 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
	  	 	122	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 5 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
	  	 	124	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 6 FORM OF ACCESSION LETTER
	  	 	126	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 7 FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER
	  	 	127	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 8 ACCEPTABLE BANKS
	  	 	128	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 9 INFORMATION PACKAGE
	  	 	129	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 10 MATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES
	  	 	130	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 11 VIES
	  	 	131	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 12 FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION
	  	 	134	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 13 FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING
	  	 	137	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 14 ACCOUNT DETAILS
	  	 	144	  

 THIS AGREEMENT is dated 30 April 2013 and made between: 

 

	(1)	ALIBABA GROUP HOLDING LIMITED (the “Company”); 

  

	(2)	THE COMPANIES listed in Part A of Schedule 1 (The Original Guarantors) as original guarantors (the “Original Guarantors”);

  

	(3)	AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED; CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS ASIA LIMITED; CREDIT SUISSE AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH; DBS BANK LTD.;
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH; THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION LIMITED; JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., ACTING THROUGH ITS HONG KONG BRANCH; MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.; and MORGAN STANLEY ASIA LIMITED
(whether acting individually or together, the “Mandated Lead Arrangers”); 

  

	(4)	THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders) as lenders (the “Original Lenders”);

  

	(5)	CITICORP INTERNATIONAL LIMITED as agent of the Finance Parties (other than itself) (the “Agent”); and 

 

	(6)	CITICORP INTERNATIONAL LIMITED as security agent and trustee for the Finance Parties (the “Security Agent”). 

IT IS AGREED as follows: 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 

 

	1.1	Definitions 

 In this Agreement: 

“2012 Facilities” means the existing loan facilities of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding US$4,000,000,000 under
the following facilities agreements: 
  

	(a)	a US$3,000,000,000 facilities agreement dated 18 May 2012 between, inter alios, the Company and certain international financial institutions, as amended and
restated on 18 May 2012, 13 June 2012, 30 October 2012 and 19 March 2013; 

  

	(b)	a US$1,000,000,000 facility agreement dated 23 August 2012 between, inter alios, the Company and certain international financial institutions, as amended and
restated on 10 September 2012 and 19 March 2013; 

  

	(c)	a US$1,000,000,000 facility agreement dated 18 June 2012 between, inter alios, the Company and China Development Bank Corporation Hong Kong Branch; and

  

	(d)	a US$1,000,000,000 facility agreement dated 7 September 2012 between, inter alios, the Company and China Development Bank Corporation Hong Kong Branch.

 “2012 Accountant’s Report” means the report by PricewaterhouseCoopers dated 15 March 2012 relating
to the Company and its Subsidiaries. 

  
 Page 1

 “2012 Legal Due Diligence Report” means the legal due diligence report dated 13 April
2012 prepared by White & Case (as to Hong Kong law), King & Wood (as to PRC law) and Walkers (as to Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands law) relating to the Group. 
 “2012 Reports” means the 2012 Accountant’s Report and the 2012 Legal Due Diligence Report. 
 “A.com Group IPR License Agreement” means the non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable and sub-licensable license agreement entered or to be entered into on or prior to the Initial
Utilisation Date between the Company as licensor and Alibaba.com Limited as licensee in respect of the Intellectual Property owned by the Company which is necessary for the operations of Alibaba.com Limited and each of its Subsidiaries from time to
time. 
 “Acceptable Bank” means: 
  

	(a)	a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of BBB- or higher by Standard &
Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; 

 

	(b)	any bank or financial institution set out in Schedule 8 (Acceptable Banks); or 

 

	(c)	any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders). 

“Accession Letter” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Accession Letter). 

“Account Charge” means the charge over account in relation to the Debt Service Reserve Account dated on or prior to the Initial
Utilisation Date between the Company and the Security Agent. 
 “Accounting Principles” means: 

 

	(a)	in relation to the Company, US GAAP or IFRS; 

  

	(b)	in relation to an Onshore Group Member, PRC GAAP; and 

  

	(c)	in relation to any other Group Member, such generally accepted accounting principles as are required or permitted to be applied in accordance with applicable law or
regulation. 

 “Additional Guarantor” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with
Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors). 
 “Additional Shares” has the meaning set out in Clause 21.20 (Conditions
Subsequent). 
 “Administrative Party” means each of the Agent, the Security Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers.

 “Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other
Subsidiary of that Holding Company. 

  
 Page 2

 “APLMA” means the Asia Pacific Loan Market Association Limited. 

“Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in a recommended form of the APLMA or any other form agreed between the relevant
assignor, assignee and the Agent. 
 “Authorisation” means: 

 

	(a)	an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, lodgement or registration; or 

 

	(b)	in relation to anything which will be fully or partly prohibited or restricted by law if a Governmental Agency intervenes or acts in any way within a specified period
after lodgement, filing, registration or notification, the expiry of that period without intervention or action. 

“Availability Period” means: 
  

	(a)	in relation to a Term Facility, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling 9 months after the date of this
Agreement; and 

  

	(b)	in relation to the Revolving Facility, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling 35 months after the date of this
Agreement. 

 “Available Commitment” means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment under that
Facility minus: 
  

	(a)	the aggregate amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under that Facility; and 

 

	(b)	in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the aggregate amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed
Utilisation Date, 

 other than, in relation to any proposed Utilisation under the Revolving Facility only, that Lender’s
participation in any Revolving Facility Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date. 

“Available Facility” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment in
respect of that Facility. 
 “Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which: 

 

	(a)	the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received pursuant to the terms of this Agreement for the period from the date of receipt of all or any
part of the principal amount of a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 exceeds: 
  

	(b)	the amount of interest which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a
leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period. 

  
 Page 3

 “Budget” means the annual consolidated budget for the Group for the fiscal year 2013/2014
and a forecast of the projected financial performance of the Group for fiscal years 2014/15 and 2015/16 as contained in the Information Package, but in each case without reference to the results, or the assets or liabilities, of any Finance Company
or any Project Company. 
 “Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general
business in Hong Kong, Singapore and New York. 
 “Cash” means, at any time, cash in hand or at bank (including for the
avoidance of doubt time deposits which in accordance with the terms applicable thereto may be broken) and (in the case of cash at bank) credited to an account in the name of a Group Member (including amounts credited to the Debt Service Reserve
Account) and to which a Group Member is alone (or together with other Group Members) beneficially entitled and for so long as: 
  

	(a)	repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any Group Member or of any other person whatsoever or on the satisfaction
of any other condition; 

  

	(b)	there is no Security over that cash except for Transaction Security or any Security constituted by any netting or set-off arrangements contained in any standard bank
mandate documentation entered into by Group Members in the ordinary course of their banking arrangements; and 

  

	(c)	in relation to an Offshore Group Member, the cash is freely and (except to the extent of any Transaction Security) immediately available to be applied in repayment or
prepayment of the Facilities. 

 “Cash Equivalent Investments” means at any time: 

 

	(a)	certificates of deposit or time deposits maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank; 

 

	(b)	any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of Hong Kong, Japan, the United Kingdom, the United States of America, the PRC or
Singapore, or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security; 

 

	(c)	commercial paper not mandatorily convertible or mandatorily exchangeable into any other security: 

 

	 	(i)	for which a recognised trading market exists; 

  

	 	(ii)	issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America or the United Kingdom; 

 

	 	(iii)	which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and 

  

	 	(iv)	which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by
Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

  
 Page 4

	(d)	any investment in money market funds which (i) have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or F1 or higher by
Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited (or an equivalent rating by any other internationally recognised rating agency), (ii) which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described
in paragraphs (a) to (c) above and (iii) can be turned into cash on not more than thirty (30) days’ notice; 

  

	(e)	any investment in money market funds which (i) have a credit rating of AAA by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or an equivalent rating by any other
internationally recognised rating agency and (ii) which can be turned into cash on not more than thirty (30) days’ notice; or 

  

	(f)	any other debt security approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), 

in each case to which any Group Member is alone (or together with other Group Members) beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or
guaranteed by any Group Member or subject to any Security (other than Security arising under the Transaction Security Documents). 

“Change of Reference Period” means the change of the accounting reference date of each Offshore Group Member from 31 December to 31
March. 
 “Charged Property” means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the
subject of the Transaction Security. 
 “Commitment” means a Term Facility Commitment or Revolving Facility Commitment.

 “Competitors” means Amazon, Baidu, eBay, Facebook, Google, Yahoo, Microsoft, Tencent, 360Buy, 360Qihoo, VANCL, Wal-Mart
Stores, Inc., Yihaodian and each of their controlled Affiliates. 
 “Compliance Certificate” means a certificate delivered
pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Compliance Certificate) and signed by a director or the chief financial officer of the Company, for and on behalf of the Company, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Compliance
Certificate). 
 “Composite Share Charge” means the share charge in relation to shares in such Group Members as stated
therein, dated on or prior to the Initial Utilisation Date between the Original Chargors and the Security Agent. 
 “Composite Share
Charge Deed of Accession” has the meaning given to the term “Deed of Accession” in the Composite Share Charge. 

“Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the APLMA as set out in
Schedule 13 (Form of Confidentiality Undertaking) or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent and in any event the benefit of which accrues to the Company as a third party beneficiary. 

“Debtor Accession Deed” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

  
 Page 5

 “Debt Service Reserve Account” means the US Dollar denominated account in the name of the
Company held with Citibank, N.A., Hong Kong Branch with account number 62188011 and account name Citi AT AB - Alibaba - DSRA. 

“Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 22 (Events of Default) which would (with the
expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice or the making of any determination (other than as to materiality) referred to in Clause 22 (Events of Default)) be an Event of Default. 
 “Defaulting Lender” means any Lender: 
  

	(a)	which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its
participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation); 

  

	(b)	which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or 

  

	(c)	with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, 

 unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above: 
  

	 	(i)	its failure to pay is caused by: 

  

	 	(A)	administrative or technical error; or 

  

	 	(B)	a Disruption Event; and, 

payment is made within two Business Days of its due date; or 

 

	 	(ii)	the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. 

“Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Agent. 

“Disruption Event” means either or both of: 
  

	(a)	a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be
made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; and

  

	(b)	the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing
that, or any other Party: 

  

	 	(i)	from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or 

  

	 	(ii)	from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, 

  
 Page 6

 and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party
whose operations are disrupted. 
 “Distributable Reserves” means, in relation to an Onshore Group Member which is a WFOE, the
retained earnings of such WFOE that may in accordance with any applicable PRC law and regulation and PRC GAAP be distributed to its shareholders outside of the PRC after taking into account all Taxes payable under PRC law and all statutory reserve
requirements in the PRC. 
 “Dormant Subsidiary” means a Group Member which does not trade (for itself or as agent for any
person) and does not own, legally or beneficially, any material assets (including, without limitation, indebtedness owed to it). 

“EBITDA” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20 (Financial Covenants). 

“Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 22 (Events of Default). 

“Excluded Debt” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions). 

“Excluded Earnings” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions). 

“Extended Loan” means a Loan or part of a Loan in respect of which the Company and the relevant Lender(s) have agreed to amend certain
terms pursuant to an Extension Agreement. 
 “Extension Agreement” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 34.3
(Extension of Commitments). 
 “Facility” means Facility A, Facility C or the Revolving Facility. 

“Facility A” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1(a) (The Facilities).

 “Facility A Commitment” means: 
  

	(a)	in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading Facility A Commitment in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders) and
the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase); and 

  

	(b)	in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2
(Increase), 

 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. 

“Facility A Loan” means a loan made or to be made under Facility A or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 “Facility C” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1(b) (The
Facilities). 

  
 Page 7

 “Facility C Commitment” means: 

 

	(a)	in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading Facility C Commitment in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders) and
the amount of any other Facility C Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase); and 

  

	(b)	in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Facility C Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2
(Increase), 

 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. 

“Facility C Loan” means a loan made or to be made under Facility C or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 “Facility C Repayment Date” means each date set out in paragraph (b) of Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Term Facility
Loans). 
 “Facility C Repayment Instalment” means the repayment instalments in respect of Facility C set out in paragraph
(b) of Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Term Facility Loans). 
 “Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by
a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this
Agreement. 
 “Fee Letter” means any letter or letters referring to this Agreement or the Facilities between one or more
Administrative Parties and the Company setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 (Fees). 
 “Final Repayment
Date” means: 
  

	(a)	in relation to Facility A, the date falling thirty-six (36) months after the date of this Agreement; 

 

	(b)	in relation to Facility C, the date falling sixty (60) months after the date of this Agreement; and 

 

	(c)	in relation to the Revolving Facility, the date falling thirty-six (36) months after the date of this Agreement. 

“Finance Company” means: 
  

	(a)	Alibaba Financial Holding Limited [F03] and its Subsidiaries (which include, as at the date of this Agreement, Alibaba Financial Investment Holding Limited
[F04], Alibaba Financial China Holding Limited [F05], 重庆市阿里巴巴小额贷款有限公司 (Chongqing Alibaba Small Loan Co., Ltd.) [F51],
浙江阿里巴巴融信网络技术有限公司 (Zhejiang Alibaba Finance Credit Network Technology Co., Ltd.) [F80],
浙江融信网络技术有限公司 (Zhejiang Finance Credit Network Technology Co., Ltd.) [F81]); 

 

	(b)	浙江阿里巴巴小额贷款股份有限公司 (Zhejiang Alibaba Small Loan Co., Ltd.)
[F50]; 

  
 Page 8

	(c)	深圳市一达通企业服务有限公司 (Shenzhen 1-Touch Enterprise Service Ltd.)
[B69]; 

  

	(d)	商成融资担保有限公司 (Shangcheng Finance Guarantee Co., Ltd.) [F82]; and 

 

	(e)	any other Group Member whose primary function is the provision of merchant, consumer or other credit finance and/or related credit services (including provision of
guarantees), which has obtained a small loans lending or other lending, credit, guarantee or comparable licence from the relevant regulator. 

 “Finance Document” means this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Transaction Security Document, any Selection Notice, any Accession Letter, any Debtor Accession Deed, any
Composite Share Charge Deed of Accession, any Fee Letter, the Syndication and Hedging Letter, any Resignation Letter, any Utilisation Request and any other document designated as such by the Company and the Agent (or by the Company and the Lenders,
provided that the Agent receives notification of such designation). 
 “Finance Party” means the Agent, the Security Agent, a
Mandated Lead Arranger or a Lender. 
 “Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in respect of: 

 

	(a)	moneys borrowed; 

  

	(b)	any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent; 

 

	(c)	any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument (other than notes issued in the
ordinary course of trading); 

  

	(d)	the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract to the extent required, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, to be treated as a
finance or capital lease; 

  

	(e)	receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold or discounted on a non-recourse basis); 

 

	(f)	any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) required under the Accounting Principles to be shown as a borrowing in
the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group; 

  

	(g)	for the purposes only of Clause 22.5 (Cross default), any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation
in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account); 

  

	(h)	for the purposes only of Clause 22.5 (Cross default), any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter
of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; 

  

	(i)	for the purposes only of Clause 22.5 (Cross default), the Preference Shares; and 

 

	(j)	the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) above,

  
 Page 9

 but excluding any indebtedness owing by a Group Member to another Group Member. 

“Governmental Agency” means any government or any governmental agency, semi-governmental or judicial entity or authority (including,
without limitation, any stock exchange or any self-regulatory organisation established under statute). 
 “Group” means the
Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time. 
 “Group Member” means a member of the Group. 

“Group Structure Chart” means the summary group structure chart in the agreed form. 

“Guarantor” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 24
(Changes to the Obligors). 
 “Holding Company” means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it
is a Subsidiary. 
 “IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board. 
 “IFRS Transition” means the proposed change to the accounting principles applied by the Company from
US GAAP to IFRS. 
 “Impaired Agent” means the Agent at any time when: 

 

	(a)	it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

  

	(b)	the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document; 

  

	(c)	(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

  

	(d)	an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent; 

 unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above: 
  

	 	(i)	its failure to pay is caused by: 

  

	 	(A)	administrative or technical error; or 

  

	 	(B)	a Disruption Event; and 

  

	 	(ii)	payment is made within two Business Days of its due date; or 

  

	 	(iii)	the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. 

“Increase Confirmation” means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 12 (Form of Increase Confirmation).

  
 Page 10

 “Increase Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Increase).

 “Indirect Tax” means any goods and services tax, consumption tax, value added tax or any tax of a similar nature.

 “Industrial Competitor” means any person which is, or is an Affiliate of, a Competitor, or any person that is acting on
behalf of or fronting for any such person, provided that a person will not be considered to be “fronting for” or “acting on behalf of” any such person if such person has confirmed in writing to the relevant Finance Party with a
copy to the Company that it is not fronting for or acting on behalf of a Competitor or an Affiliate of a Competitor. 
 “Information
Memorandum” means the document in the form to be approved by the Company concerning the Group which (if required by the Mandated Lead Arrangers), at the Company’s request and on its behalf, is to be prepared in relation to this
transaction, approved by the Company and distributed by the Mandated Lead Arrangers to selected financial institutions during general syndication of the Facilities. 
 “Information Package” means the information described in Schedule 9 (Information Package) which has been provided by or on behalf of the Obligors in an electronic dataroom to which
the Mandated Lead Arrangers have been granted access prior to the date of this Agreement. 
 “Initial Utilisation Date” means
the date on which the first Loan is made under this Agreement. 
 “Insolvency Event” in relation to a Finance Party means that
the Finance Party: 
  

	(a)	is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); 

 

	(b)	becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; 

 

	(c)	makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; 

 

	(d)	institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it
in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law
affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official; 

  

	(e)	has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law
affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a
person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and: 

  

	 	(i)	results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

  

	 	(ii)	is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; 

  
 Page 11

	(f)	has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

  

	(g)	seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or
for all or substantially all its assets; 

  

	(h)	has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied,
enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; 

 

	(i)	causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in
paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or 

  

	(j)	takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts. 

“Intellectual Property” means: 
  

	(a)	any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, moral rights, inventions, confidential
information, knowhow and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may now or in the future subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and 

 

	(b)	the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each Group Member (which may now or in the future subsist). 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement to be entered into on or about the date of this Agreement between, among
others, the Obligors, the Security Agent, the Agent and the Lenders. 
 “Interest Period” means, in relation to a Loan, each
period determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest). 
 “Investor Preference Shares” means the US$1,688,000,000 “Series A Convertible Preference Shares” in the Company approved pursuant to a board meeting of the Company on
23 August 2012 and issued to investors on 18 September 2012 and 16 October 2012. 
 “IPR License Agreements”
means the T Group IPR License Agreement and the A.com Group IPR License Agreement. 
 “Legal Opinion” means any legal opinion
delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 24.2(c)(iv) (Additional Guarantors). 

  
 Page 12

 “Legal Reservations” means: 

 

	(a)	the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency,
reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors; 

  

	(b)	the time barring of claims, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void and defences
of set-off or counterclaim; and 

  

	(c)	any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the Legal Opinions. 

“Lender” means: 
  

	(a)	any Original Lender; and 

  

	(b)	any bank or financial institution (or, with the prior written consent of the Company, other person) which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 2.2
(Increase) or Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders), 

 which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement. 
 “LIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan: 

 

	(a)	the applicable Screen Rate; or 

  

	(b)	(if no Screen Rate is available for US Dollars or the Interest Period of that Loan) the Reference Bank Rate, 

as of 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Day for US Dollars and for a period comparable to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if any such rate
is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero. 
 “Loan” means a Term Facility Loan or a Revolving Facility Loan. 

“London Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks are open for general business including
dealings in interbank deposits in London. 
 “Majority Lenders” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than
50% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 50% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction). 
 “Major Material Subsidiary” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of Material Subsidiary. 
 “Management” means the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer and the group general counsel of the Company. 
 “Margin” means: 
  

	(a)	in relation to any Facility A Loan, 2.25 per cent. per annum; 

  

	(b)	in relation to any Facility C Loan, 2.75 per cent. per annum; 

  
 Page 13

	(c)	in relation to any Revolving Facility Loan, 2.25 per cent. per annum; 

 

	(d)	in relation to any Unpaid Sum relating or referable to a particular Facility, the rate per annum specified above for that Facility; and 

 

	(e)	in relation to any other Unpaid Sum, the rate specified in paragraph (a) above, 

 but if in respect of paragraphs (a) to (c) above on any Testing Date: 
  

	(f)	no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and 

  

	(g)	Offshore Group Leverage in respect of the most recently completed Relevant Period is within a range set out below, 

then the Margin for each Loan under Facility A, Facility C and the Revolving Facility will be the percentage per annum set out below in the column for
that Facility opposite that range: 
  

													
	 Offshore Group Leverage
	  	Facility A
Margin
% p.a.	 	  	Facility C
Margin
% p.a.	 	  	Revolving
Facility Margin
% p.a.	 
	 Greater than 2.00:1
	  	 	2.25	  	  	 	2.75	  	  	 	2.25	  
	 Less than or equal to 2.00:1 but greater than 1.50:1
	  	 	2.00	  	  	 	2.50	  	  	 	2.00	  
	 Less than or equal to 1.50:1
	  	 	1.75	  	  	 	2.25	  	  	 	1.75	  

 PROVIDED HOWEVER: 
  

	 	(i)	any increase or decrease in the Margin for a Loan shall only take effect on the date (the “reset date”) of receipt by the Agent of the Compliance
Certificate for that Relevant Period pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Compliance Certificate); 

  

	 	(ii)	the Margin may be adjusted by more than one level on any reset; 

  

	 	(iii)	if, following receipt by the Agent of the Compliance Certificate related to the relevant Annual Financial Statements, that Compliance Certificate does not confirm the
basis for a reduced Margin, then the Margin for that Loan shall be the percentage per annum determined using the table above and the revised ratio of Offshore Group Leverage calculated using the figures in that Compliance Certificate and the Company
shall promptly pay to the Agent any amounts necessary to put the Lenders in the position in which they would have been had the appropriate rate of the Margin been applied in accordance with the provisions hereof; 

 

	 	(iv)	while an Event of Default is continuing, the Margin for each Loan under Facility A, Facility C and the Revolving Facility shall be the highest percentage per annum set
out above for a Loan under that Facility; and 

  

	 	(v)	for the purpose of determining the Margin, Offshore Group Leverage and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 20.1 (Financial
definitions). 

  
 Page 14

 “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on: 

 

	(a)	the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Group taken as a whole; 

 

	(b)	the ability of any Obligor to perform its payment obligations under the Finance Documents taking into account any support that it may reasonably expect from any other
Group Member; or 

  

	(c)	the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of, any Security granted or purported to be granted pursuant to any of the Finance Documents or the
rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents other than to the extent not materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents. 

“Material Subsidiary” means, at any time: 
  

	(a)	a Guarantor; 

  

	(b)	a Group Member which: 

  

	 	(i)	is listed in Schedule 10 (Material Subsidiaries); or 

  

	 	(ii)	has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation calculated on the same basis as EBITDA representing five per cent. (5%) or more of EBITDA,
calculated on a consolidated basis (such Group Member, a “Major Material Subsidiary”); or 

  

	(c)	each direct or indirect Holding Company (other than the Company) of the persons referred to in paragraph (a) and paragraph (b) above,

 but excluding in each case any Project Company, any Finance Company (and any Holding Company thereof which would not qualify as
a Major Material Subsidiary under paragraph (b)(ii) above but for the earnings it receives from any Project Company or Finance Company (as the case may be) in respect of which it is a Holding Company) and any Dormant Subsidiary. 

“Minimum DSRA Amount” means as at a Minimum DSRA Determination Date, an amount determined as the aggregate amount of: 

 

	(a)	the Facility C Repayment Instalments payable by the Company under this Agreement (excluding the Facility C Repayment Instalment payable on the Final Repayment Date in
respect of Facility C) in the three (3) Month period from (but excluding) such Minimum DSRA Determination Date; plus 

  

	(b)	an amount of interest determined by applying the applicable LIBOR (as at the Minimum DSRA Determination Date) to the principal amount of Loans outstanding on such
Minimum DSRA Determination Date for a period of three (3) Months from (and including) such Minimum DSRA Determination Date. 

“Minimum DSRA Determination Date” means a Quarter Date, a Utilisation Date (other than in respect of a Rollover Loan) or, if the Company
requests, a date on which a repayment or prepayment is made. 

  
 Page 15

 “Money Laundering” means: 

 

	(a)	the conversion or transfer of property, knowing it is derived from a criminal offence, for the purpose of concealing or disguising its illegal origin or of assisting
any Person who is involved in the commission of the crime to evade the legal consequences of its actions; 

  

	(b)	the concealment or disguise of the true nature, source, location, disposition, movement, right with respect to, or ownership of, property knowing that it is derived
from a criminal offence; or 

  

	(c)	the acquisition, possession or use of property knowing at the time of its receipt that it is derived from a criminal offence. 

“Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar
month, except that: 
  

	(a)	(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month
in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; 

  

	(b)	if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar
month; and 

  

	(c)	if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that
Interest Period is to end. 

 The above rules will apply only to the last Month of any period. 

“New Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders). 

“Obligors” means the Company and the Guarantors and “Obligor” means each one of them. 

“Obligors’ Agent” means the Company, appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to
Clause 2.4 (Obligors’ Agent). 
 “OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the
Treasury. 
 “Offshore Group Member” means a Group Member which is not an Onshore Group Member. 

“Offshore Material Subsidiary” means an Offshore Group Member which is a Material Subsidiary. 

“Onshore Group Member” means a Group Member incorporated in the PRC. 
 “Onshore Material Subsidiary” means an Onshore Group Member which is a Material Subsidiary. 
 “Original Chargors” means the Company, Alibaba Group Treasury Limited, Taobao Holding Limited, Alibaba.com Limited and Alibaba.com Investment Holding Limited. 

  
 Page 16

 “Original Financial Statements” means: 

 

	(a)	in relation to the Company, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2012; and 

 

	(b)	in relation to each Original Obligor other than the Company, its audited financial statements (if any) for its financial year ended 31 December 2012.

 “Original Intra-Group Lender” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Original Obligor” means the Company or an Original Guarantor. 
 “Participant” means each person to whom a Lender has transferred all or any of its obligations, economic interest or other interest under the Finance Documents by way of a Participation
Agreement. 
 “Participation Agreement” means each agreement or letter (including, without limitation, a fee letter) between a
Lender and a Participant under which the Lender has transferred all or any of its obligations, economic interest or other interest under the Finance Documents, directly or indirectly, whether by sub-participation, credit derivative (including a
credit default swap or credit linked note), total return swap or in any other way but excluding any assignment, transfer or novation of any of a Lender’s Commitments and/or rights and/or obligations in accordance with Clause 23.1
(Assignments and transfers by the Lenders). 
 “Party” means a party to this Agreement. 

“Permitted Hedging” means any hedging transaction entered into with any Lender for the purposes of hedging the liabilities and/or risks
of the Company under this Agreement. 
 “Permitted Offshore Indebtedness” means any Financial Indebtedness (other than
Permitted Hedging) incurred by any Offshore Group Member, provided that no breach of paragraph (b) of Clause 20.2 (Financial condition) has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of such Financial Indebtedness being
incurred. 
 “Permitted Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness” means any Permitted Hedging and any Permitted Offshore Indebtedness
entered into after the date of this Agreement which is in each case secured on a pari passu basis with the Facilities in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and in respect of which the relevant creditor(s) or any representative of
such creditor(s) shall have acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Permitted Security” means any Security or
Quasi-Security which is permitted under paragraph (c) of Clause 21.4 (Negative pledge). 
 “PRC” means the
People’s Republic of China, excluding for these purposes Hong Kong, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan. 
 “PRC
GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC. 
 “Preference Shares” means the Investor Preference
Shares and the Yahoo Preference Shares. 
 “Prohibited Transferee” means, in respect of any transfer, assignment or
sub-participation: 
  

	(a)	an Industrial Competitor; or 

  

	(b)	any person which is not a bank or financial institution and which has not been specifically approved in writing by the Company. 

  
 Page 17

 “Project Company” means: 

 

	(a)	Alibaba Group Properties Limited [A08] and each of its Subsidiaries as at the date of this Agreement; and 

 

	(b)	any other Group Member which is (i) established or acquired after the date of this Agreement; (ii) capitalised with equity funded by equity or shareholder
loans from, or on behalf of, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and (iii) established or acquired to develop a specific asset or project. 

 “Project Debt” means any indebtedness incurred by a Project Company where no Group Member (other than that or another Project Company) (i) provides any guarantee or (ii) incurs
any liability (other than any Security created over the share capital of or shareholder loans to such Project Company or to another Project Company), in each case in respect of such indebtedness. 

“Quarter Date” means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December. 

“Quotation Day” means: 
  

	(a)	in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two London Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in
the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank
Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days); and 

  

	(b)	in relation to any Interest Period the duration of which is selected by the Agent pursuant to Clause 8.3 (Default interest), such date as may be determined by
the Agent (acting reasonably). 

 “Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver
of the whole or any part of the Charged Property. 
 “Recognised Stock Exchange” means any of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong
Limited, Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited, the Shanghai Stock Exchange, London Stock Exchange plc, NASDAQ, the New York Stock Exchange or such other internationally recognised securities exchange as may be acceptable to the Majority
Lenders. 
 “Reference Bank Rate” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied
to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the Relevant Interbank Market, in US Dollars and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting
interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in US Dollars and for that period. 
 “Reference Banks” means, subject
to Clause 26.18 (Reference Banks), the principal London offices of Citibank N.A., Credit Suisse AG, DBS Bank Ltd., Deutsche Bank AG, HSBC Bank plc and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent with the
consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). 
 “Relevant Interbank Market” means the London
interbank market. 

  
 Page 18

 “Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to an Obligor: 

 

	(a)	its jurisdiction of incorporation; 

  

	(b)	any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Transaction Security to be created by it is situated; 

 

	(c)	any jurisdiction where it conducts a material part of its business; and 

  

	(d)	the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Transaction Security Documents entered into by it. 

“Repeating Representations” means each of the representations set out in Clauses 18.1 (Status) to 18.6 (Governing law and
enforcement), Clause 18.9 (No default), paragraph (h) of Clause 18.10 (No misleading information), paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 18.11 (Financial statements), Clause 18.19 (Good title to assets),
Clause 18.21 (Legal and beneficial owner of secured assets), paragraph (b) of Clause 18.22 (Bribery, Anti-corruption) and paragraph (b) of Clause 18.24 (Money Laundering). 

“Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian. 

“Resignation Letter” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Resignation Letter). 

“Revolving Facility” means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1(c) (The
Facilities). 
 “Revolving Facility Commitment” means: 

 

	(a)	in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading Revolving Facility Commitment in Part B of Schedule 1 (The Original
Lenders) and the amount of any other Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase); and 

 

	(b)	in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2
(Increase), 

 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. 

“Revolving Facility Loan” means a loan made or to be made under the Revolving Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time
being of that loan. 
 “RMB” denotes the lawful currency of the PRC. 
 “Rollover Loan” means one or more Revolving Facility Loans: 
  

	(a)	made or to be made on the same day that one or more maturing Revolving Facility Loans is or are due to be repaid; 

 

	(b)	the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s); and 

 

	(c)	made or to be made to the Company for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s). 

  
 Page 19

 “SAIC” means the State Administration of Industry and Commerce of the PRC (including its
successor) or its local counterpart. 
 “Sanctions” means any sanctions, restrictions or embargoes imposed or enforced by the
United Nations, the European Union, the State Secretariat for Economic Affairs of Switzerland, OFAC, the State Department of the United States, HM Treasury of the United Kingdom, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, the Monetary Authority of Singapore
and the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade of Australia and any other sanctions administered by any governmental entity which is notified to a Group Member by the Agent in accordance with Clause 21.14 (Sanctions). 

“Screen Rate” means the London interbank offered rate administered by the British Bankers’ Association (or any other person which
takes over the administration of that rate) for US Dollars and the relevant period, displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other
information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.

 “Secured Parties” means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement and any Receiver or Delegate.

 “Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person.

 “Selection Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 (Selection Notice) given
in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) in relation to a Term Facility. 
 “Separate Loans” has the meaning given
to such term in Clause 6.2(c) (Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans). 
 “Subsidiary” means with respect to any person,
each other person in which the first person: 
  

	(a)	owns or controls, directly or indirectly, share capital or other equity interests representing more than 50 per cent. of the outstanding voting stock or other
equity interests; 

  

	(b)	holds the rights to more than 50 per cent. of the economic interest of such other person, including any interest held through any VIE or other contractual
arrangements; or 

  

	(c)	has a relationship such that the financial statements of the other person are consolidated into the financial statements of the first person under applicable accounting
conventions, 

 but in any event excluding any Finance Company or Project Company whose financial results are not consolidated
with those of the Company in accordance with the Accounting Principles. 

  
 Page 20

 “Syndication and Hedging Letter” means the syndication and hedging letter dated the date of
this Agreement between the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Company. 
 “Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge
or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure by an Obligor to pay or any delay by an Obligor in paying any of the same). 
 “Tax Deduction” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 12.1 (Tax definitions). 
 “Term Facility” means Facility A or Facility C. 
 “Term Facility
Commitment” means a Facility A Commitment or a Facility C Commitment. 
 “Term Facility Loan” means a Facility A Loan
or a Facility C Loan. 
 “Testing Date” means 31 December 2013 and thereafter 31 March and 30 September in each
calendar year. 
 “T Group IPR License Agreement” means the non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable and sub-licensable license
agreement entered or to be entered into on or prior to the Initial Utilisation Date between the Company as licensor and Taobao Holding Limited [T01] as licensee in respect of the Intellectual Property owned by the Company which is necessary
for the operations of Taobao Holding Limited [T01] and its Subsidiaries from time to time. 
 “Total Commitments” means
at any time the aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitments, the Total Facility C Commitments and the Total Revolving Facility Commitments (being US$8,000,000,000 at the date of this Agreement). 

“Total Facility A Commitments” means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments (being US$2,500,000,000 at the date of this Agreement).

 “Total Facility C Commitments” means the aggregate of the Facility C Commitments (being US$4,000,000,000 at the date of this
Agreement). 
 “Total Revolving Facility Commitments” means the aggregate of the Revolving Facility Commitments (being
US$1,500,000,000 at the date of this Agreement). 
 “Transaction Security” means the Security created or expressed to be
created in favour of the Security Agent pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents. 
 “Transaction Security Documents”
means the Account Charge, the Composite Share Charge and any other document entered or to be entered into by any Obligor creating or expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of any Obligor
under any Finance Document. 
 “Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4
(Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company. 
 “Transfer Date” means, in
relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of: 
  

	(a)	the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and 

 

	(b)	the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate. 

  
 Page 21

 “Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance
Documents. 
 “US Dollar” or “US$” denote the lawful currency of the United States of America. 

“US GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. 

“Utilisation” means a utilisation of a Facility. 
 “Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made. 
 “Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 3 (Utilisation Request). 
 “VIE” means any person (other than the PRC shareholders of a VIE): 
  

	(a)	listed in Part A of Schedule 11 (VIEs); 

  

	(b)	that is a party to a VIE Structure with any Group Member that becomes a Material Subsidiary; or 

 

	(c)	that enters into a VIE Structure after the date of this Agreement with any Material Subsidiary. 

 “VIE Documents” means the documents listed in Part B of Schedule 11 (VIEs), and any arrangement, instrument or agreement constituting all of the contractual arrangements enabling
any Group Member to exercise effective control over, and consolidate the financial statements of, a VIE. 
 “VIE Structure”
means, in relation to a VIE, the investment structure a non-PRC investor uses when investing in a PRC company or business that typically operates in a regulated industry. Under such investment structure, the onshore PRC operating entity and its PRC
shareholders enter into a number of contracts with the non-PRC investor (or a foreign invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC) and/or its onshore WFOE pursuant to which the non-PRC investor achieves control of the onshore PRC operating entity
and also consolidates the financials of the onshore PRC entity with those of the offshore non-PRC investor. 
 “WFOE” means a
wholly foreign owned enterprise incorporated in the PRC. 
 “Yahoo” means Yahoo! Inc. 

“Yahoo Preference Shares” means the US$800,000,000 “Series A Mandatorily Redeemable Preference Shares” in the Company approved
pursuant to a board meeting of the Company on 23 August 2012 and issued to Yahoo on 18 September 2012. 

  
 Page 22

	1.2	Construction 

  

	(a)	Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to: 

  

	 	(i)	any “Administrative Party”, the “Agent”, any “Secured Party”, the “Security Agent”, any
“Mandated Lead Arranger”, any “Finance Party”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor” or any “Party” shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted
assigns and permitted transferees; 

  

	 	(ii)	a document in “agreed form” is a document which is in the form previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Mandated Lead
Arrangers prior to the date hereof or, on behalf of the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); 

  

	 	(iii)	“assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description; 

 

	 	(iv)	a “Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated,
supplemented, extended or restated; 

  

	 	(v)	“including” shall be construed as “including without limitation” (and cognate expressions shall be construed similarly);

  

	 	(vi)	“indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future,
actual or contingent; 

  

	 	(vii)	a Lender’s “participation” in a Loan or Unpaid Sum includes an amount representing the fraction or portion (attributable to such Lender by virtue
of the provisions of this Agreement) of the total amount of such Loan or Unpaid Sum and the Lender’s rights under this Agreement in respect thereof; 

  

	 	(viii)	a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture,
consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality); 

  

	 	(ix)	a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law, but if not having the
force of law, which is generally complied with by those to whom it is addressed) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

  

	 	(x)	any notation after the name of a Group Member refers to the number for that Group Member as specified in the Group Structure Chart; 

 

	 	(xi)	a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and 

 

	 	(xii)	a time of day is a reference to Hong Kong time. 

  

	(b)	Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only. 

  

	(c)	Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same
meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement. 

  
 Page 23

	(d)	A Default or an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived. 

 

	(e)	No person shall incur any personal liability whatsoever in connection with the issuance of a certificate, on behalf of an Obligor, pursuant to the terms of a Finance
Document. 

  

	(f)	This Agreement is subject to the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall prevail. 

  

	1.3	Third party rights 

  

	(a)	Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the
“Third Parties Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. 

  

	(b)	Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any third person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

  

	2.	THE FACILITIES 

  

	2.1	The Facilities 

 Subject to the terms of this
Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Company: 
  

	(a)	a US Dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility A Commitments; 

 

	(b)	a US Dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility C Commitments; and 

 

	(c)	a US Dollar revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Revolving Facility Commitments. 

 

	2.2	Increase 

  

	(a)	The Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent after the effective date of a cancellation of: 

 

	 	(i)	the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with paragraph (g) of Clause 7.6 (Right of prepayment and cancellation in relation to a single
Lender); or 

  

	 	(ii)	the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with paragraph (h) of Clause 7.6 (Right of prepayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender);
or 

  

	 	(iii)	the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with: 

  

	 	(A)	Clause 7.1 (Illegality); or 

  

	 	(B)	paragraph (a) of Clause 7.6 (Right of prepayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender), 

  
 Page 24

 request that the Commitments relating to any Facility be increased (and the Commitments
relating to that Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments relating to that Facility so cancelled as follows: 

 

	 	(iv)	the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks or financial institutions (or any other person approved in writing by the Company) (each
an “Increase Lender”) selected by the Company and each of which confirms in writing whether in the relevant Increase Confirmation or otherwise its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding
to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender; 

  

	 	(v)	each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase
Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender; 

  

	 	(vi)	each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards
one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender; 

 

	 	(vii)	the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and 

 

	 	(viii)	any increase in the Commitments relating to a Facility shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which
the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied. 

  

	(b)	An increase in the Commitments relating to a Facility will only be effective on: 

 

	 	(i)	the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and 

 

	 	(ii)	in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase, the Agent being satisfied that it has complied with all necessary
“know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Increase Lender
upon being so satisfied. 

  

	(c)	Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment
or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective. 

  
 Page 25

	(d)	Clause 23.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if
references in that Clause to: 

  

	 	(i)	an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase; 

 

	 	(ii)	the “New Lender” were references to that “Increase Lender”; and 

 

	 	(iii)	a “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references to respectively a “transfer” and “assignment”.

  

	2.3	Finance Parties’ rights and obligations 

  

	(a)	The obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does
not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents. 

 

	(b)	The rights of the Finance Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents
to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt. 

  

	(c)	A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents. 

 

	2.4	Obligors’ Agent 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Letter irrevocably appoints the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in
relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises: 

  

	 	(i)	the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions, to
execute on its behalf any Accession Letter, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without
further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and 

  

	 	(ii)	each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company, 

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions or executed or made the
agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication. 
  

	(b)	Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’
Agent or given to the Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became
an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the
Obligors’ Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall prevail. 

  
 Page 26

	3.	PURPOSE 

  

	3.1	Purpose 

 The Company shall apply all amounts
borrowed by it under the Facilities towards: 
  

	(a)	firstly, refinancing the 2012 Facilities and paying any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; and then 

 

	(b)	redeeming the Yahoo Preference Shares and paying any accrued interest thereon; and 

 

	(c)	general corporate and working capital purposes of the Group. 

  

	3.2	Monitoring 

 No Finance Party is bound to monitor
or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement. 
  

	4.	CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION 

 

	4.1	Initial conditions precedent 

 The Lenders will
only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to any Utilisation if: 
  

	(a)	on or before the date of the Utilisation Request for that Utilisation, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2
(Conditions Precedent to be satisfied on the date of the initial Utilisation Request) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably); and 

 

	(b)	on or before the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions
Precedent to be satisfied on the Initial Utilisation Date) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably), 

 and, in each case, the Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied. 
  

	4.2	Further conditions precedent 

 The Lenders will
only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date: 
  

	(a)	in the case of a Rollover Loan, the Company has not received written notice from the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) following an Event of
Default which is continuing requiring the Company to repay the maturing Revolving Facility Loan that is due to be repaid on the proposed Utilisation Date; and 

  
 Page 27

	(b)	in the case of any Loan other than a Rollover Loan: 

  

	 	(i)	no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects. 

 

	4.3	Maximum number of Loans 

  

	(a)	The Company may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation: 

 

	 	(i)	8 or more Facility A Loans would be outstanding; 

  

	 	(ii)	8 or more Facility C Loans would be outstanding; or 

  

	 	(iii)	15 or more Revolving Facility Loans would be outstanding. 

  

	(b)	The Company may not request that a Facility A Loan be divided if, as a result of the proposed division, 8 or more Facility A Loans would be outstanding.

  

	(c)	The Company may not request that a Facility C Loan be divided if, as a result of the proposed division, 8 or more Facility C Loans would be outstanding.

  

	(d)	The Company may not request that a Revolving Facility Loan be divided. 

  

	(e)	No Separate Loan or Extended Loan shall be taken into account in this Clause 4.3. 

 

	5.	UTILISATION 

  

	5.1	Delivery of a Utilisation Request 

 The Company
may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 11.00 a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date or by such date as the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the
Lenders) may agree with the Company. 
  

	5.2	Completion of a Utilisation Request 

  

	(a)	Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless: 

 

	 	(i)	it identifies the Facility to be utilised; 

  

	 	(ii)	the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to that Facility; and 

 

	 	(iii)	the proposed first Interest Period complies with Clause 9 (Interest Periods). 

 

	(b)	Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request. 

  

	(c)	The Company may not utilise a Term Facility unless on or before the proposed Utilisation Date for a Term Facility Loan, the Revolving Facility has been drawn in full.

  
 Page 28

	5.3	Currency and amount 

  

	(a)	The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be US Dollars. 

  

	(b)	The amount of the proposed Loan must be: 

  

	 	(i)	a minimum of US$25,000,000 for Facility A; 

  

	 	(ii)	a minimum of US$25,000,000 for Facility C; and 

  

	 	(iii)	a minimum of US$10,000,000 for the Revolving Facility, 

 or, in each case, if less, the applicable Available Facility. 
  

	5.4	Lenders’ participation 

  

	(a)	If the conditions set out in Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) and 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request) to 5.3 (Currency and amount) above
have been met, and subject to Clause 6.2 (Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans), each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office. 

 

	(b)	The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately
prior to making the Loan. 

  

	(c)	The Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan and, in the case of a Revolving Facility Loan and if
different, the amount of that participation to be made available in accordance with Clause 28.1 (Payments to the Agent), in each case by no later than 11.00 a.m. two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date.

  

	5.5	Cancellation of Available Facility 

  

	(a)	The Available Commitments in relation to Facility A which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at 5.00 p.m. on the last day of the Availability
Period for Facility A. 

  

	(b)	The Available Commitments in relation to Facility C which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at 5.00 p.m. on the last day of the Availability
Period for Facility C. 

  

	(c)	The Available Commitments in relation to the Revolving Facility which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at 5.00 p.m. on the last day of the
Availability Period for the Revolving Facility. 

  

	6.	REPAYMENT 

  

	6.1	Repayment of Term Facility Loans 

  

	(a)	The Company shall repay the Facility A Loans in full on the Final Repayment Date in respect of Facility A. 

  
 Page 29

	(b)	The Company shall repay the Facility C Loans in instalments by repaying on each Facility C Repayment Date an amount which reduces the outstanding aggregate Facility C
Loans by an amount equal to the relevant percentage of all of the Facility C Loans borrowed by the Company as at the close of business in Hong Kong on the last day of the Availability Period in relation to Facility C as set out in the table below:

  

					
	Facility C Repayment Date	  	Repayment Instalment	 
		
	 The date falling 39 months after the date of this Agreement
	  	 	20	% 
		
	 The date falling 45 months after the date of this Agreement
	  	 	10	% 
		
	 The date falling 48 months after the date of this Agreement
	  	 	10	% 
		
	 The date falling 54 months after the date of this Agreement
	  	 	20	% 
		
	 The date falling 57 months after the date of this Agreement
	  	 	20	% 
		
	 The date falling 60 months after the date of this Agreement
	  	 
 	the balance of all outstanding
Facility C Loans	  
  

  

	(c)	The Company may not reborrow any part of any Term Facility which is repaid. 

 

	6.2	Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans 

  

	(a)	Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Company shall repay each Revolving Facility Loan on the last day of its Interest Period. 

 

	(b)	Without prejudice to the Company’s obligation under paragraph 6.1(a) above, if: 

 

	 	(i)	one or more Revolving Facility Loans are to be made available to the Company: 

 

	 	(A)	on the same day that a maturing Revolving Facility Loan is due to be repaid by the Company; and 

 

	 	(B)	in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Revolving Facility Loan; and 

 

	 	(ii)	the proportion borne by each Lender’s participation in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan to the amount of that maturing Revolving Facility Loan is the same as
the proportion borne by that Lender’s participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans to the aggregate amount of those new Revolving Facility Loans, 

  
 Page 30

 the aggregate amount of the new Revolving Facility Loans shall, unless the Company notifies
the Agent to the contrary in the relevant Utilisation Request, be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan so that: 
  

	 	(A)	if the amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Revolving Facility Loans: 

 

	 	(I)	the Company will only be required to make a payment under Clause 28.1 (Payments to the Agent) in an amount equal to that excess; and 

 

	 	(II)	each Lender’s participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Company in or towards repayment
of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan and that Lender will not be required to make a payment under Clause 28.1 (Payments to the Agent) in respect of its participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans;
and 

  

	 	(B)	if the amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Revolving Facility Loans: 

 

	 	(I)	the Company will not be required to make a payment under Clause 28.1 (Payments to the Agent); and 

 

	 	(II)	each Lender will be required to make a payment under Clause 28.1 (Payments to the Agent) in respect of its participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans only
to the extent that its participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans exceeds that Lender’s participation in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans shall
be treated as having been made available and applied by the Company in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan. 

 

	(c)	At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Revolving Facility Loans then outstanding
will be automatically extended to the Final Repayment Date in relation to the Revolving Facility and will be treated as separate Revolving Facility Loans (the “Separate Loans”). 

 

	(d)	The Company may prepay a Separate Loan by giving two Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent. The Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in
accordance with this paragraph (d) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt. 

  

	(e)	Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Company by the time and date specified by the Agent (acting
reasonably) and will be payable by the Company to the Agent (for the account of that Defaulting Lender) on the last day of each Interest Period of that Loan. 

 

	(f)	The terms of this Agreement relating to Revolving Facility Loans generally shall continue to apply to Separate Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with
paragraphs (c) to (e) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan. 

  
 Page 31

	7.	PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION 

 

	7.1	Illegality 

 If, at any time, it is or will
become unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan: 

 

	(a)	that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; 

 

	(b)	upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and 

 

	(c)	the Company shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to the Company on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent
has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law). 

 

	7.2	Change of control 

  

	(a)	If any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the Company: 

 

	 	(i)	the Company shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; 

 

	 	(ii)	a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation (except for a Rollover Loan unless the Agent notifies the Company that the Majority Lenders require the Company to
repay the maturing Revolving Facility Loan); and 

  

	 	(iii)	if the Majority Lenders so require, the Agent shall, by not less than 30 days’ notice to the Company, cancel the Total Commitments and declare all outstanding
Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Total Commitments will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

  

	(b)	For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “control” means (i) the power to cast more than 50% of the votes in a general meeting, to appoint or
remove all or a majority of the directors, or to direct the affairs of the Company (other than by reason of any of the management shareholders of the Company on the date of an initial public offering of the Company’s shares on any Recognised
Stock Exchange receiving additional voting rights under a dual class voting mechanism or other arrangement having similar effect introduced in connection with such initial public offering); or (ii) beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the
issued share capital of the Company (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital). 

 

	(c)	For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “acting in concert” means a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal
or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition of shares in the Company by any of them or otherwise, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Company. 

  
 Page 32

	7.3	Voluntary cancellation 

 The Company may, if it
gives the Agent not less than five (5) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, reduce the Available Facility to zero or by such amount (being a minimum amount of US$5,000,000) as the Company
may specify in such notice. Any such reduction under this Clause 7.3 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Facility. 
  

	7.4	Voluntary prepayment of Term Facility Loans 

  

	(a)	The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than five (5) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay
the whole or any part of any Term Facility Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Term Facility Loan by a minimum amount of US$5,000,000). 

 

	(b)	A Term Facility Loan may be prepaid only after the last day of the Availability Period (or, if earlier, the day on which the applicable Available Facility is zero).

  

	(c)	Any prepayment of a Facility C Loan under this Clause 7.4 shall be applied to reduce pro rata the Facility C Repayment Instalments in respect of that Facility C
Loan. 

  

	7.5	Voluntary Prepayment of Revolving Facility Loans 

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than five (5) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior
notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Revolving Facility Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Revolving Facility Loan by a minimum amount of US$5,000,000) together with any applicable Break Costs. 

 

	7.6	Right of prepayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender 

  

	(a)	If: 

  

	 	(i)	any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (a) of Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or 

 

	 	(ii)	any Lender claims indemnification from the Company under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs); or 

 

	 	(iii)	the rate notified by a Lender in relation to a particular Interest Period under sub-paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 10.2 (Market disruption) is higher than the
lowest rate notified by a Lender under that sub-paragraph, 

 the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise
to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and/or its intention to procure the prepayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans or give the
Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (d) below. 
  

	(b)	On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

  
 Page 33

	(c)	On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified
by the Company in that notice), the Company shall prepay that Lender’s participation in the relevant Loan. 

  

	(d)	The Company may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on five Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by
requiring that Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank,
financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Company which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) for a
purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not
given a notification under Clause 23.11 (Pro-rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents. 

 

	(e)	The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions: 

 

	 	(i)	the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent; 

  

	 	(ii)	neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender; 

 

	 	(iii)	in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (d) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance
Documents; and 

  

	 	(iv)	no Lender shall be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate unless it is satisfied that it has completed all “know your customer” and other similar
procedures that it is required (or deems desirable) to conduct in relation to the transfer to such replacement Lender. 

  

	(f)	A Lender shall perform the procedures described in paragraph (e)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph
(d) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has completed those checks. 

  

					
	(g)	  	(i)	    	If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent two Business Days’ notice of
cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender.

  

	 	(ii)	On the notice referred to in paragraph (i) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

  

	 	(iii)	The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (i) above, notify all the Lenders. 

  
 Page 34

					
	(h)	  	(i)	    	The Company may, at any time, give the Agent two Business Days’ notice of prepayment of any Separate Loan and cancellation of the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender in respect
of that Separate Loan.

  

	 	(ii)	On the notice referred to in paragraph (i) above becoming effective, the Commitment of the Defaulting Lender in respect of that Separate Loan shall immediately be
reduced to zero and the Company shall prepay that Defaulting Lender’s participation in such Separate Loan (together with any applicable Break Costs). 

  

	 	(iii)	The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (i) above, notify all the Lenders. 

 

	7.7	Restrictions 

  

	(a)	Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall
specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment. 

  

	(b)	Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

  

	(c)	The Company may not reborrow any part of a Term Facility which is prepaid. 

 

	(d)	Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of Revolving Facility which is repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement. 

  

	(e)	The Company shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or reduce all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided
for in this Agreement. 

  

	(f)	Subject to Clause 2.2 (Increase), no amount of any Commitment that is reduced in accordance with this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

  

	(g)	If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

  

	(h)	If all or part of a Loan is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)), an
amount of the Commitments (equal to the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. Any cancellation under this paragraph (h) (save in connection with any repayment or,
as the case may be, prepayment under paragraph (c) of Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or paragraph (c) of Clause 7.6 (Right of prepayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender)) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders
in that Facility rateably. 

  

	8.	INTEREST 

  

	8.1	Calculation of interest 

 The rate of interest on
each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable: 
  

	(a)	Margin; and 

  

	(b)	LIBOR. 

  
 Page 35

	8.2	Payment of interest 

 The Company shall pay
accrued interest on each Loan on the last day of each Interest Period relating to that Loan (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

  

	8.3	Default interest 

  

	(a)	If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date to the date of
actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is, subject to paragraph (b) below, two per cent. (2%) higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted
a Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

  

	(b)	If any Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

  

	 	(i)	the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

  

	 	(ii)	the rate of interest applying to the Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be two per cent. (2%) higher than the rate which would have applied if the
Unpaid Sum had not become due. 

  

	(c)	Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will
remain immediately due and payable. 

  

	8.4	Notification of rates of interest 

 The Agent
shall promptly notify the relevant Lenders and the Company of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement. 
  

	9.	INTEREST PERIODS 

  

	9.1	Selection of Interest Periods 

  

	(a)	The Company may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan is a Term Facility Loan which has already been borrowed)
in a Selection Notice. 

  

	(b)	Each Selection Notice for a Term Facility Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Company not later than 11.00 a.m. two (2) Business Days
prior to the Quotation Date for that Interest Period. 

  
 Page 36

	(c)	If the Company fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to Clause 9.2
(Changes to Interest Periods), be one Month. 

  

	(d)	Subject to this Clause 9, the Company may select an Interest Period of 1, 2, 3 or 6 Months or any other period agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting on the
instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan). 

  

	(e)	In addition in relation to Facility C the Company may select an Interest Period of less than one Month, if necessary to ensure that there are sufficient Facility C
Loans (with an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the applicable Facility C Repayment Instalment) which have an Interest Period ending on a Facility C Repayment Date for the Company to make the Facility C Repayment Instalment due on that
date. 

  

	(f)	An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Final Repayment Date applicable to its Facility. 

 

	(g)	Each Interest Period for a Term Facility Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if a Term Facility Loan has already been made) on the last day of the preceding
Interest Period of such Loan. 

  

	(h)	A Revolving Facility Loan has one Interest Period only which shall start on the Utilisation Date of that Revolving Facility Loan. 

 

	9.2	Changes to Interest Periods 

  

	(a)	Prior to determining the interest rate for a Facility C Loan, the Agent may shorten an Interest Period for any Facility C Loan to ensure there are sufficient Facility C
Loans (with an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the Facility C Repayment Instalment) which have an Interest Period ending on a Facility C Repayment Date for the Company to make the Facility C Repayment Instalment due on that date.

  

	(b)	If the Agent makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2, it shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders. 

 

	9.3	Non-Business Days 

 If an Interest Period would
otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). 

 

	9.4	Consolidation and division of Term Facility Loans 

  

	(a)	Subject to paragraph (b) below, if two or more Interest Periods: 

  

	 	(i)	relate to Loans under the same Term Facility; and 

  

	 	(ii)	end on the same date, 

 those
Term Facility Loans will, unless the Company specifies to the contrary in the Selection Notice for the next Interest Period, be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Term Facility Loan on the last day of the Interest Period. 

 

	(b)	Subject to Clause 4.3 (Maximum number of Loans) and Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount), if the Company requests in a Selection Notice that a Term Facility
Loan be divided into two or more Term Facility Loans, that Term Facility Loan will, on the last day of its Interest Period, be so divided with amounts specified in that Selection Notice, being an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the Term
Facility Loan immediately before its division. 

  
 Page 37

	10.	CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST 

 

	10.1	Absence of quotations 

 Subject to Clause 10.2
(Market disruption), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by noon (local time) on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the
quotations of the remaining Reference Banks. 
  

	10.2	Market disruption 

  

	(a)	Subject to any alternative basis agreed and consented to as contemplated by paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 10.3 (Alternative basis of interest or
funding), if a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the
sum of: 

  

	 	(i)	the Margin; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the percentage rate per annum notified to the Agent by that Lender, as soon as practicable and in any event not later than five Business Days before interest is due to
be paid in respect of that Interest Period, as the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source(s) it may reasonably select. 

 

	(b)	In relation to a Market Disruption Event under paragraph (c)(ii) below, if the percentage rate per annum notified by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) above shall
be less than LIBOR or if a Lender shall fail to notify the Agent of any such percentage rate per annum, the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of
paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR. 

  

	(c)	In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means: 

  

	 	(i)	at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to
the Agent to determine LIBOR for US Dollars and Interest Period; or 

  

	 	(ii)	at 5.00 p.m. on the Business Day immediately following the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders
(whose participations in the relevant Loan exceed 50 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR. 

 

	(d)	If a Market Disruption Event shall occur, the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Company thereof. 

  
 Page 38

	10.3	Alternative basis of interest or funding 

  

	(a)	If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than
thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest. 

  

	(b)	Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

  

	(c)	For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that no substitute basis is agreed at the end of the thirty day period, the rate of interest shall continue to be determined in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

  

	10.4	Break Costs 

  

	(a)	The Company shall, within five (5) Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan
or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Company on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum. 

  

	(b)	Each Lender shall, together with its demand, provide a certificate confirming the amount and the basis of calculation of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in
which they accrue. 

  

	11.	FEES 

  

	11.1	Commitment fee 

  

	(a)	The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in US Dollars computed and accruing on a daily basis with effect from (but excluding) the date
falling 45 days after the date of this Agreement (the “Commitment Fee Commencement Date”) at the following rates: 

  

	 	(i)	on that Lender’s Available Commitment under Facility A for the Availability Period applicable to Facility A, a rate per annum calculated as 40 per cent. of
the Margin applicable from time to time to Facility A; 

  

	 	(ii)	on that Lender’s Available Commitment under Facility C for the Availability Period applicable to Facility C, a rate per annum calculated as 40 per cent. of
the Margin applicable from time to time to Facility C; and 

  

	 	(iii)	on that Lender’s Available Commitment under the Revolving Facility for the Availability Period applicable to the Revolving Facility a rate per annum calculated as
40 per cent. of the Margin applicable from time to time to the Revolving Facility, 

 at close of business (in
New York) on each day of the relevant Availability Period falling after the Commitment Fee Commencement Date (or, if any such day shall not be a Business Day, at such close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day). 

  
 Page 39

	(b)	The accrued commitment fee is payable (but without double counting): 

  

	 	(i)	on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the relevant Availability Period commencing with the period of three Months starting on the
Initial Utilisation Date; 

  

	 	(ii)	on the last day of the relevant Availability Period; and 

  

	 	(iii)	if a Lender’s Commitment is reduced to zero before the last day of the relevant Availability Period, on the day on which such reduction to zero becomes effective.

  

	(c)	No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting
Lender. 

  

	11.2	Upfront fee 

 The Company shall pay to each
Mandated Lead Arranger an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. 
  

	11.3	Agency fee 

 The Company shall pay to the Agent
(for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. 
  

	11.4	Security Agency fee 

 The Company shall pay to
the Security Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter 
  

	12.	TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES 

 

	12.1	Tax definitions 

  

	(a)	In this Clause 12: 

“FATCA” means: 
  

	 	(i)	sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance; 

 

	 	(ii)	any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other
jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or 

  

	 	(iii)	any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or
taxation authority in any other jurisdiction. 

 “FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or
withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA. 
 “Tax Credit” means a credit against,
relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax. 

  
 Page 40

 “Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax
from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction. 
 “Tax Payment” means an increased
payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity). 
  

	(b)	Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the
absolute discretion of the person making the determination acting in good faith. 

  

	12.2	Tax gross-up 

  

	(a)	All payments to be made by an Obligor to any Finance Party under the Finance Documents shall be made free and clear of and without any Tax Deduction unless such Obligor
is required to make a Tax Deduction, in which case the sum payable by such Obligor (in respect of which such Tax Deduction is required to be made) shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that such Finance Party receives a sum net of any
deduction or withholding equal to the sum which it would have received had no such Tax Deduction been made or required to be made. 

  

	(b)	The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction)
notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

  

	(c)	If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the
time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law. 

  

	(d)	Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver
to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

  

	12.3	Tax indemnity 

  

	(a)	Without prejudice to Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up), if any Finance Party is required to make any payment of or on account of Tax on or in relation to any sum
received or receivable under the Finance Documents (including any sum deemed for purposes of Tax to be received or receivable by such Finance Party whether or not actually received or receivable) or if any liability in respect of any such payment is
asserted, imposed, levied or assessed against any Finance Party, the Company shall, within five (5) Business Days of demand of the Agent, promptly indemnify the Finance Party which suffers a loss or liability as a result against such payment or
liability, together with any interest, penalties, costs and expenses payable or incurred in connection therewith, provided that this Clause 12.3 shall not apply: 

 

	 	(i)	to the extent a loss, liability or cost relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; 

  
 Page 41

	 	(ii)	to any Tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the net income actually received or receivable by such Finance Party (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not
including any sum deemed for purposes of Tax to be received or receivable by such Finance Party but not actually receivable) by the jurisdiction in which such Finance Party is incorporated; or 

 

	 	(iii)	to any Tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the net income of the Facility Office of such Finance Party actually received or receivable by such Finance Party
(but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including any sum deemed for purposes of Tax to be received or receivable by such Finance Party but not actually receivable) by the jurisdiction in which its Facility Office is located. 

 

	(b)	A Finance Party intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, whereupon the Agent shall notify the
Company thereof. 

  

	(c)	A Finance Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3, notify the Agent. 

 

	(d)	Paragraph (a) shall not apply to the extent any Tax is not notified to the Agent by the relevant Finance Party within three (3) Months of the relevant Finance
Party becoming aware of the relevant Tax. 

  

	12.4	Tax credit 

 If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment
and the relevant Finance Party determines that: 
  

	(a)	a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax
Payment was required; and 

  

	(b)	that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit, 

 the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in no better and no worse position in respect of its worldwide tax liabilities
than it would have been in had the Obligor not been required to make the Tax Payment. 
  

	12.5	Stamp taxes 

 The Company shall: 

 

	(a)	pay all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document, and 

 

	(b)	within five (5) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to any stamp duty,
registration or other similar Tax paid or payable in respect of any Finance Document. 

  

	12.6	Indirect tax 

  

	(a)	All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party shall be deemed to be exclusive of any Indirect Tax. If any
Indirect Tax is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party in connection with a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the
amount of the Indirect Tax. 

  

	(b)	Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance
Party against all Indirect Tax incurred by that Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment in respect of the Indirect Tax.

  
 Page 42

	12.7	FATCA Deduction 

  

	(a)	Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be
required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction. 

 

	(b)	Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify
the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company, the Agent and the other Finance Parties. 

  

	13.	INCREASED COSTS 

  

	13.1	Increased costs 

  

	(a)	Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions) the Company shall, within five (5) Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the
amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation by any governmental
or regulatory authority or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement. The terms “law” and “regulation” in this paragraph (a) shall include any law or regulation concerning capital
adequacy, prudential limits, liquidity, reserve assets or Tax. 

  

	(b)	In this Agreement: 

  

	 	(i)	“Basel III” means: 

  

	 	(A)	the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks
and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel
Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended supplemented or restated; and 

  

	 	(B)	any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”; and 

  
 Page 43

	 	(ii)	“Increased Costs” means: 

  

	 	(A)	a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital (including as a result of any reduction in
the rate of return on capital brought about by more capital being required to be allocated by such Finance Party); 

  

	 	(B)	an additional or increased cost; or 

  

	 	(C)	a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, 

 which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to the undertaking, funding or performance by such Finance Party of any of its obligations
under any Finance Document or any participation of such Finance Party in any Loan or Unpaid Sum. 
  

	13.2	Increased cost claims 

  

	(a)	A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which
the Agent shall promptly notify the Company. 

  

	(b)	Each Finance Party shall together with its demand provide a certificate confirming the amount and basis of calculation of its Increased Costs. 

 

	13.3	Exceptions 

  

	(a)	Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: 

 

	 	(i)	attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor; 

  

	 	(ii)	compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely
because the exclusion in paragraph (a) of Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) applied); 

  

	 	(iii)	attributable to the breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation or the negligence of any of them; 

 

	 	(iv)	attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised
Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III unless published prior to the date of this Agreement)
(“Basel II”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates); 

 

	 	(v)	attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or 

  

	 	(vi)	not notified to the Agent by the relevant Finance Party within three (3) Months of such Finance Party becoming aware of the Increased Cost in accordance with
Clause 13.2(a) (Increased cost claims). 

  

	(b)	In this Clause 13.3 references to a “FATCA Deduction” or a “Tax Deduction” have the same meaning given to such terms in Clause 12.1
(Tax definitions). 

  
 Page 44

	14.	MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS 

 

	14.1	Mitigation 

  

	(a)	Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount
becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs), including (but not limited to):

  

	 	(i)	providing such information as the Company may reasonably request in order to permit the Company to determine its entitlement to claim any exemption or other relief
(whether pursuant to a double taxation treaty or otherwise) from any obligation to make a Tax Deduction; and 

  

	 	(ii)	in relation to any circumstances which arise following the date of this Agreement, transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another
Affiliate or Facility Office. 

  

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents. 

 

	14.2	Limitation of liability 

  

	(a)	The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under
Clause 14.1 (Mitigation). 

  

	(b)	A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 14.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might
reasonably be expected to be prejudicial to it. 

  

	14.3	Conduct of business by the Finance Parties 

 No
provision of this Agreement will: 
  

	(a)	interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit; 

 

	(b)	oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim;

  

	(c)	oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax; or 

 

	(d)	oblige any Finance Party to do or omit to do anything if it would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any applicable anti-money laundering,
counter-terrorism financing, economic or trade Sanctions law or regulation. 

  
 Page 45

	15.	OTHER INDEMNITIES 

  

	15.1	Currency indemnity 

  

	(a)	If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be
converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of: 

 

	 	(i)	making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or 

  

	 	(ii)	obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within five (5) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that
Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the
rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum. 
  

	(b)	Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it
is expressed to be payable. 

  

	15.2	Other indemnities 

 The Company shall (or shall
procure that an Obligor will), within five (5) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of: 

 

	(a)	the occurrence of any Event of Default; 

  

	(b)	the Information Memorandum or any other written information produced or approved by any Obligor being or being alleged to be misleading and/or deceptive in any respect;

  

	(c)	any enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation with respect to any Obligor or with respect to the transactions contemplated or financed under
this Agreement; 

  

	(d)	a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date or in the relevant currency, including without limitation, any cost, loss or
liability arising as a result of Clause 27 (Sharing among the Finance Parties); 

  

	(e)	funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by the Company in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any
one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or 

  

	(f)	a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Company. 

  
 Page 46

	15.3	Indemnity to the Agent 

  

	(a)	The Company shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of: 

 

	 	(i)	investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or 

  

	 	(ii)	acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised. 

 

	(b)	The indemnity to the Agent shall survive the termination or expiry of this Agreement and the resignation or replacement of the Agent. 

 

	15.4	Indemnity to the Security Agent 

  

	(a)	The Company shall promptly indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (acting reasonably)
as a result of: 

  

	 	(i)	any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses); 

 

	 	(ii)	acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; 

 

	 	(iii)	the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Transaction Security; 

 

	 	(iv)	the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or
by law; 

  

	 	(v)	any default by any Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents; or 

 

	 	(vi)	acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Charged Property, 

in each case, save to the extent that any such cost, loss or liability has arisen by reason of the relevant Security Agent’s,
Receiver’s or Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct. 
  

	(b)	The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Charged Property in respect of,
and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 15.4 and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all moneys payable to it.

  

	(c)	The indemnity to the Security Agent shall survive the termination or expiry of this Agreement and the resignation or replacement of the Security Agent.

  
 Page 47

	16.	COSTS AND EXPENSES 

  

	16.1	Transaction expenses 

 The Company shall, within
five Business Days of demand, pay the Administrative Parties the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees of law firms approved by the Company and subject to any agreed caps) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection
with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of: 
  

	(a)	this Agreement and any other Finance Documents referred to in this Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents; and 

 

	(b)	any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement. 

  

	16.2	Amendment costs 

 If (a) an Obligor requests
an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 28.10 (Change of currency), the Company shall, within five Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all
reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees of law firms approved by the Company and subject to any agreed caps) reasonably incurred by the Agent and/or the Security Agent (and, in the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate)
in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement. 
  

	16.3	Enforcement costs 

 The Company shall, within
five Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party and each other Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights
under, any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Agent as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing these rights. 

 

	17.	GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY 

 

	17.1	Guarantee and indemnity 

 Each Guarantor
irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally: 
  

	(a)	guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by the Company of all the Company’s payment obligations under the Finance Documents;

  

	(b)	undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever the Company does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall
within five Business Days of demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and 

  

	(c)	agrees with each Finance Party that if any payment obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary
obligation, indemnify that Finance Party within five Business Days of demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of the Company not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have
been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 if the amount claimed had been
recoverable on the basis of a guarantee. 

  
 Page 48

	17.2	Continuing guarantee 

 This guarantee is a
continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part. 

 

	17.3	Reinstatement 

 If any discharge, release or
arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must
be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 17 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

  

	17.4	Waiver of defences 

 The obligations of each
Guarantor under this Clause 17 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (without limitation and whether or not known to it
or any Finance Party) including: 
  

	(a)	any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person; 

 

	(b)	the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Group Member; 

 

	(c)	the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, execute, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over
assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security; 

 

	(d)	any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

  

	(e)	any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other
document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security; 

 

	(f)	any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; 

 

	(g)	any insolvency or similar proceedings; or 

  

	(h)	this Agreement or any other Finance Document not being executed by or binding upon any other party. 

  
 Page 49

	17.5	Immediate recourse 

 Each Guarantor waives any
right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 17. This
waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary. 
  

	17.6	Appropriations 

 Until all amounts which may be
or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, while an Event of Default is continuing each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may: 

 

	(a)	refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of
those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and 

 

	(b)	hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys (bearing interest at market rates) received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability
under this Clause 17. 

  

	17.7	Deferral of Guarantors’ rights 

 Until all
amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise or otherwise enjoy the benefit of any
right which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17: 

 

	(a)	to be indemnified by an Obligor; 

  

	(b)	to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of or provider of security for any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents; 

 

	(c)	to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any
other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party; 

  

	(d)	to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a
guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee and indemnity); 

  

	(e)	to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or 

  

	(f)	to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party. 

 If any Guarantor shall receive any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to any such right it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution (or so much of it as may be necessary to enable all
amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be paid in full) on trust for the Finance Parties, and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the
Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment Mechanics). 

  
 Page 50

	17.8	Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution 

If any Guarantor (a “Retiring Guarantor”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose
of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor: 
  

	(a)	that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution
to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and 

  

	(b)	each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part
and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or
in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor. 

  

	17.9	Additional security 

 This guarantee is in
addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party. 
  

	18.	REPRESENTATIONS 

 Each
Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 to each Finance Party. 
  

	18.1	Status 

  

	(a)	It is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation set opposite its
name under the heading “Jurisdiction of Incorporation” in Part A of Schedule 1 (The Original Guarantors). 

  

	(b)	It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business in all material respects as it is being conducted. 

 

	(c)	It is acting as principal for its own account and not as agent (except as provided for in Clause 2.4 (Obligors’ Agent)) or trustee in any capacity on behalf
of any person in relation to the Finance Documents. 

  

	18.2	Binding obligations 

  

	(a)	The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are generally
applicable, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations. 

  

	(b)	Each Transaction Security Document to which it is a party creates the security interests which that Transaction Security Document purports to create and those security
interests are valid and effective. 

  
 Page 51

	18.3	Non-conflict with other obligations 

 The entry
into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with: 
  

	(a)	any material law or regulation applicable to it; 

  

	(b)	its constitutional documents; or 

  

	(c)	any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets in a manner that might reasonably be expected to give rise to a Material Adverse Effect.

  

	18.4	Power and authority 

 It has the power to enter
into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents. 

 

	18.5	Validity and admissibility in evidence 

 All
Authorisations required: 
  

	(a)	to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; 

 

	(b)	to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and 

 

	(c)	for it to carry on its business, and which are material, 

 have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect (or, in each case, will be when required). 
  

	18.6	Governing law and enforcement 

  

	(a)	The choice of English law or, as the case may be, Hong Kong law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant
Jurisdiction. 

  

	(b)	Any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation. 

 

	18.7	Deduction of Tax 

 It is not required under the
law applicable where it is incorporated or resident or at the address specified in this Agreement to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document. 

 

	18.8	No filing or stamp taxes 

 Under the law of its
jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the
Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents (other than filings in relation to the Transaction Security Documents which will be effected as soon as practicable and in any event within all applicable time periods).

  
 Page 52

	18.9	No default 

  

	(a)	No Event of Default is continuing or could reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation. 

 

	(b)	No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or
to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	18.10	No misleading information 

 Save as disclosed in
writing to the Mandated Lead Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (or, in relation to the Information Memorandum (if any), save as disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of the Information Memorandum or, in relation to any
management presentation given in connection with general syndication of the Facilities (if any), save as disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of such management presentation): 

 

	(a)	any written factual information contained in the Information Package (taken as a whole) was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date of this Agreement
or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated; 

  

	(b)	to the actual knowledge of Management, nothing has occurred or been omitted from the Information Package and no information has been given or withheld that results in
the information contained in the Information Package (taken as a whole) being untrue or misleading in any material respect as at the date of this Agreement; and 

 

	(c)	the Budget has been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles (save as otherwise disclosed therein) and the financial projections contained therein have
been prepared in good faith on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of assumptions believed to be reasonable at the date they were prepared and supplied and have been approved by the chief financial officer of the Company;

  

	(d)	the expressions of opinion or intention provided in writing by or on behalf of an Obligor in the Information Package or any Information Memorandum (if one is prepared)
or in any written materials provided for the purposes of a management presentation given in connection with general syndication of the Facilities (if one is given) were made after careful consideration and (as at the date of the relevant document
containing the expression of opinion or intention) were believed by the chief financial officer of the Company to be fair and based on reasonable grounds; 

  

	(e)	if an Information Memorandum is prepared: 

  

	 	(i)	any material written factual information relating to the Group contained in the Information Memorandum was (taken as a whole) true and accurate in all material
respects; and 

  

	 	(ii)	nothing has been omitted from the Information Memorandum and no information has been withheld that results in the information contained therein (taken as a whole)
relating to the Group being (to the actual knowledge of Management) untrue or misleading in any material respect, 

in each case, as at the date on which the Information Memorandum is approved by the Company; 

  
 Page 53

	(f)	the expressions of opinion or intention provided by or on behalf of an Obligor for the purposes of the 2012 Accountant’s Report and the 2012 Legal Due Diligence
Report were made after careful consideration as at the date of the 2012 Accountant’s Report or the 2012 Legal Due Diligence Report (as the case may be) and the information provided by or on behalf of an Obligor based on which the 2012
Accountant’s Report and the 2012 Legal Due Diligence Report were prepared was, as at the date provided (in each case, the “2012 Report Information Date”), true and accurate (taken as a whole) in all material respects;

  

	(g)	since the relevant 2012 Report Information Date in respect of the 2012 Accountant’s Report and the 2012 Legal Due Diligence Report the changes that have occurred
in respect of the Relevant Matters (taken as a whole) could not reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents; and 

 

	(h)	all information (other than in relation to the Information Memorandum) supplied by any Group Member after the date hereof was true and accurate in all material respects
as at the date it was given and was not misleading in any material respect. 

 For the purposes of paragraph (g) above,
“Relevant Matters” are those matters relating to the Group and its business, operations and financial condition to which the expressions of opinion or intention and information referred to in paragraph (f) above relate.

  

	18.11	Financial statements 

  

	(a)	Its financial statements most recently supplied to the Agent (which, at the date of this Agreement, are the Original Financial Statements) were prepared in accordance
with the Accounting Principles consistently applied save to the extent expressly disclosed in such financial statements. 

  

	(b)	Its financial statements most recently supplied to the Agent (which, at the date of this Agreement, are the Original Financial Statements) give a true and fair view of
(if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations (consolidated in the case of the Company) as at the end of and for the relevant financial year save to the extent expressly disclosed in such financial
statements. 

  

	(c)	There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the
Company) since 31 December 2012. 

  

	18.12	Pari passu ranking 

 Its payment obligations
under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all of its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally. 

  
 Page 54

	18.13	No proceedings pending or threatened 

 No
litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which might reasonably be expected to be adversely determined and, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  

	18.14	Taxation 

  

	(a)	It is not (and none of its Subsidiaries is) overdue (taking into account any extension or grace period) in the payment of any material amount in respect of Tax, in each
case save to the extent that (i) such payment is being contested in good faith; and (ii) it has maintained adequate reserves for those Taxes. 

  

	(b)	No claim or investigations are being, or to the actual knowledge of the Company, are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any of its Subsidiaries)
with respect to Taxes which would have or are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	(c)	It is resident for tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation. 

 

	(d)	Each Onshore Material Subsidiary that is a WFOE has made the required appropriation to its statutory reserve and Taobao (China) Software Co. Ltd [T50] has paid
its statutory reserve in full. 

  

	18.15	No insolvency 

 As at the date hereof, no event
as described in Clause 22.6 (Insolvency), Clause 22.7 (Insolvency proceedings) or Clause 22.8 (Creditors’ process) is continuing in relation to it or any Major Material Subsidiary. 

 

	18.16	Intellectual Property 

  

	(a)	It, or another Group Member, is the legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it all the material Intellectual Property which is required in order to carry on
the business of the Group as it is currently being conducted. 

  

	(b)	It does not (nor does any of its Subsidiaries), in carrying on its businesses, infringe any Intellectual Property of any third party in any respect which has or is
reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	(c)	All formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain any Intellectual Property owned by it or any of its Subsidiaries have been taken,
except to the extent failure to take such actions does not or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	18.17	Immunity 

  

	(a)	The entry into by it of each Finance Document constitutes, and the exercise by it of its rights and performance of its obligations under each Finance Document will
constitute, private and commercial acts performed for private and commercial purposes. 

  

	(b)	It will not be entitled to claim immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in any proceedings taken in its Relevant Jurisdiction in relation to
any Finance Documents. 

  
 Page 55

	18.18	Authorised Signatures 

 Any person specified as
its authorised signatory under Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) or paragraph (f) of Clause 19.4 (Information: miscellaneous) is authorised to sign Utilisation Requests (in the case of the Company only) and other notices on its
behalf. 
  

	18.19	Good title to assets 

 It and each of its
Subsidiaries has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as from time to time conducted the absence of which would have a
Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	18.20	Ranking 

 The Transaction Security has or will
have first ranking priority and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security except as permitted under this Agreement. 
  

	18.21	Legal and beneficial owner of secured assets 

  

	(a)	It is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant Security from time to time pursuant to the Transaction Security
Documents. 

  

	(b)	The shares of any member of the Group which are subject to the Transaction Security are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights.

  

	18.22	Bribery, Anti-corruption 

  

	(a)	To the actual knowledge of Management, the business of the Group is carried on in all material respects in compliance with all, and no Group Member or any of their
directors, officers, agents (solely in their capacity as agents under, and in compliance with, a written contract with that Group Member), affiliates or employees acts in breach of any, applicable laws relating to bribery and anti-corruption,
including without limitation the UK Bribery Act 2010 and the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or any similar laws, rules or regulations issued, administered or enforced by any government or governmental authority having
jurisdiction over it. 

  

	(b)	There are in place appropriate policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with all such applicable laws by each Group Member and by its
directors, officers and employees. 

  

	18.23	Sanctions 

  

	(a)	To the actual knowledge of Management, after due and reasonable enquiry, the business of the Group is as at the date of this Agreement carried on in compliance with all
applicable Sanctions. 

  

	(b)	None of the Company, any Group Member or any of its or their directors, officers, agents (solely in their capacity as agents under, and in compliance with, a written
contract with that Group Member), affiliates or employees is a person currently the subject of any Sanctions, and neither the Company nor any Group Member is located, organised or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of any
Sanctions. 

  
 Page 56

	18.24	Money Laundering 

  

	(a)	To the actual knowledge of Management, after due and reasonable enquiry, no Group Member engages in Money Laundering or acts in breach of any applicable laws or
regulations relating to Money Laundering issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over it. 

  

	(b)	There are in place appropriate policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance by each member of the Group with all applicable laws or regulations
relating to Money Laundering. 

  

	18.25	Dividends Repatriation 

 There is no legal or
administrative hurdle (other than ordinary administrative procedures generally applicable) or contractual restriction for any WFOE which is an Onshore Material Subsidiary to pay dividends out of its Distributable Reserves, or (subject to
administrative and legal restrictions generally applicable) to make any distribution to any of its shareholders or holders of any equity interest in it. 
  

	18.26	Times when representations made 

  

	(a)	All the representations and warranties in this Clause 18 are made by each Original Obligor on the date of this Agreement except for the representations and warranties
set out in paragraphs (d) and (e) of Clause 18.10 (No misleading information) which are deemed to be made by each Obligor (i) with respect to the Information Memorandum (if any), on the date the Information Memorandum is
approved by the Company; and (ii) with respect to any management presentation given in connection with general syndication of the Facilities, on the date of such management presentation (if any). 

 

	(b)	The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made: 

  

	 	(i)	by each Obligor on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and 

 

	 	(ii)	by each Additional Obligor on the day on which it becomes (or it is proposed that it becomes) an Additional Obligor. 

 

	(c)	Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall, except where the contrary is indicated, be deemed to be made by reference to
the facts and circumstances existing at the date the representation or warranty is deemed to be made. 

  

	19.	INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS 

 The undertakings in this Clause 19 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

  
 Page 57

	19.1	Financial statements 

 Subject to paragraph
(d) of Clause 19.3 (Requirements as to financial statements), the Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders: 
  

	(a)	as soon as the same become available, but in any event within sixty days after 31 December 2013, its unaudited management accounts (prepared on a consolidated
basis) for the 12 month period ending 31 December 2013; 

  

	(b)	(i) as soon as the same become available, its audited consolidated financial statements for the financial year ending 31 March 2013 and (ii) as soon as
they become available but in any event within one hundred and twenty days after the end of each such financial year, its audited consolidated financial statements for each subsequent financial year; 

 

	(c)	as soon as the same become available, the audited financial statements (if any) of (i) each Obligor (other than the Company) and (ii) each Onshore Material
Subsidiary which is a WFOE; and 

  

	(d)	as soon as the same become available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of the first half of each of its financial years, its unaudited
consolidated financial statements for that financial half year. 

  

	19.2	Compliance Certificate 

  

	(a)	The Company shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) and (d) of Clause 19.1 (Financial
statements) (or, following an initial public offering of the shares of the Company on a Recognised Stock Exchange, on the date on which the Company publishes annual and semi-annual financial information in accordance with the applicable rules of
such Recognised Stock Exchange), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

  

	(b)	Each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be signed by the chief financial officer or a director of the Company (without personal
liability) and, if required to be delivered with the audited consolidated annual financial statements of the Company, shall be reported on by the Company’s auditors in a form that complies with the auditors’ internal policies from time to
time. 

  

	19.3	Requirements as to financial statements 

  

	(a)	Each set of financial statements delivered by the Company pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) and (d) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) shall be certified
by the chief financial officer or a director of the Company (without personal liability) as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up (such certification to be included in the
applicable Compliance Certificate). 

  

	(b)	The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using the Accounting
Principles. 

  
 Page 58

	(c)	Save in respect of the IFRS Transition and the Change of Reference Period, the Company shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered
pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using the Accounting Principles, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for that
Obligor unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in the Accounting Principles, the accounting practices or reference periods and, in the case of any material change relevant to the
financial covenants set out in Clause 20 (Financial Covenants), it delivers to the Agent: 

  

	 	(i)	a description of that change; and 

  

	 	(ii)	sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 20 (Financial
Covenants) has been complied with. 

 Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be
construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect that information. 
  

	(d)	Following an initial public offering of the shares of the Company on a Recognised Stock Exchange the obligation of the Company to deliver financial statements pursuant
to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) shall be deemed to have been satisfied if the Company publishes annual and semi-annual financial information in accordance with the applicable rules of such Recognised Stock Exchange.

  

	19.4	Information: miscellaneous 

 The Company shall
supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Finance Parties, if the Agent so requests): 
  

	(a)	all documents dispatched by the Company to its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched; 

 

	(b)	prior to an initial public offering of the shares of the Company on a Recognised Stock Exchange, all statutory notices and notices of annual general meetings and
emergency general meetings (together with accompanying materials) that are despatched by the Company to its shareholders; 

  

	(c)	within sixty (60) days after the end of each half of each of its financial years, details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are
current, threatened or pending against any Group Member, and which are likely to be adversely determined and, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; 

 

	(d)	within sixty (60) days after the end of each of its financial years, the details of any material changes to the organisational structure of the Group, together
with an updated Group Structure Chart and a notification as to which Group Members are Material Subsidiaries; 

  

	(e)	promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition of any Group Member as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request;

  

	(f)	promptly, notice of any change in authorised signatories of any Obligor signed by a director or company secretary of such Obligor accompanied by specimen signatures of
any new authorised signatories; 

  
 Page 59

	(g)	promptly, such information as the Security Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Transaction
Security Documents; 

  

	(h)	promptly upon becoming aware of it, details of any change of control under Clause 7.2 (Change of control); 

 

	(i)	promptly upon execution thereof, a copy of the definitive facility documentation in relation to any Permitted Offshore Indebtedness or Permitted Hedging which is
Permitted Pari Passu Secured Indebtedness (but in the case of Permitted Hedging, with pricing redacted); and 

  

	(j)	within sixty (60) days after the end of each Financial Year, a copy of the relevant updated schedule to each IPR License Agreement (to the extent such IPR License
Agreement has not been terminated in accordance with the terms thereof) setting out the Intellectual Property that is the subject of such IPR License Agreement, 

 except to the extent that disclosure of such documents, details or information would breach any applicable law, regulation, duty of confidentiality or, following an initial public offering of the shares
of the Company on a Recognised Stock Exchange, rule of such Recognised Stock Exchange. 
  

	19.5	Notification of default 

  

	(a)	The Company shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless the Company
is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor). 

  

	(b)	Only if the Agent or a Lender considers in good faith that a Default might be continuing, promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a
certificate signed by its chief financial officer or a director on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it). 

 

	19.6	Use of websites 

  

	(a)	The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) who accept
this method of communication by posting the information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “Designated Website”) if: 

 

	 	(i)	the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method; 

 

	 	(ii)	both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and 

 

	 	(iii)	the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent. 

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall
notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Company shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any
information required to be provided by it. 

  
 Page 60

	(b)	The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website
by the Company and the Agent. 

  

	(c)	The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if: 

 

	 	(i)	the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure; 

  

	 	(ii)	the password specifications for the Designated Website change; 

  

	 	(iii)	any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website; 

 

	 	(iv)	any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or 

 

	 	(v)	the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar
software. 

 If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to
be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer
continuing. 
  

	(d)	Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated
Website. The Company shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days. 

  

	19.7	“Know your customer” checks 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the
Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender (including for any Lender on behalf of any prospective new Lender)) in order for the Agent, such Lender or any prospective new Lender to conduct any “know your customer” or other similar
procedures under applicable laws and regulations. 

  

	(b)	Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent
(for itself) in order for the Agent to conduct any “know your customer” or other similar procedures under applicable laws and regulations. 

  

	(c)	The Company shall, by not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its
intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors). 

  
 Page 61

	(d)	Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Guarantor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with
“know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply
of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective
new Lender to carry out and be satisfied (acting reasonably) it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this
Agreement as an Additional Guarantor. 

  

	20.	FINANCIAL COVENANTS 

  

	20.1	Financial definitions 

 In this Agreement:

 “Borrowings” means, at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount of any indebtedness of Group
Members for or in respect of: 
  

	(a)	moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions; 

 

	(b)	any acceptances under any acceptance credit or bill discount facility utilised and outstanding (or dematerialised equivalent); 

 

	(c)	any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument (other than notes issued in the ordinary course of trading);

  

	(d)	any Finance Lease; 

  

	(e)	receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold or discounted on a non-recourse basis); 

 

	(f)	any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial
institution in respect of an underlying liability of an entity which is not a Group Member which liability would fall within one of the other paragraphs of this definition; 

 

	(g)	any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) before the Final Repayment Date in relation to Facility A or
Facility C (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Preference Shares); 

  

	(h)	any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if the primary reason behind the entry into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance
the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question; 

  

	(i)	any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement, sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) required under the
Accounting Principles to be shown as a borrowing in the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group; and 

  

	(j)	(without double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i).

  
 Page 62

 “EBITDA” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the consolidated income before income
tax and share of net losses or gains of equity investees of the Group before taxation (including the results from any discontinued operations): 
  

	(a)	before deducting any interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges and other finance payments whether paid, payable or capitalised
by any Group Member (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of that Relevant Period; 

  

	(b)	not including any accrued interest owing to any Group Member; 

  

	(c)	before taking into account any Exceptional Items; 

  

	(d)	before taking into account any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instrument or similar financial instrument (including any fair value adjustments in
relation to the Preference Shares but excluding any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis); 

  

	(e)	before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other asset at any time after the date to which the Original
Financial Statements were made up; 

  

	(f)	before taking into account the charge to profit represented by expensing of stock based compensation; 

 

	(g)	after adding back any amount attributable to the amortisation, depreciation or impairment of assets of the Group Members; and 

 

	(h)	after excluding any Excluded Earnings, 

in each case, to the extent added, deducted or taken into account, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining income before income tax and share
of net losses or gains of equity investees of the Group before taxation. 
 “Exceptional Items” means any exceptional, one off,
non-recurring or extraordinary items including those arising on: 
  

	(a)	the restructuring of the activities of an entity and reversals of any provisions for the cost of restructuring; 

 

	(b)	disposals, revaluations or impairment of non-current assets; and 

  

	(c)	disposals of assets associated with discontinued operations. 

 “Excluded Debt” means any indebtedness of a Finance Company or a Project Company. 

“Excluded Earnings” means any earnings (whether positive or negative) of the Finance Companies and the Project Companies. 

  
 Page 63

 “Finance Charges” means, for any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of the accrued
interest, commission, fees, discounts or charges and other finance payments in the nature of interest in respect of Borrowings whether paid, payable or capitalised by any Group Member (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of that Relevant
Period: 
  

	(a)	excluding any upfront fees or costs; 

  

	(b)	including the interest (but not the capital) element of payments in respect of Finance Leases; 

 

	(c)	including any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments payable by (and deducting any such amounts payable to) any Group Member under any interest
rate hedging arrangement; 

  

	(d)	excluding accrued interest, commission, fees, discounts or charges and other finance payments in the nature of interest in respect of Excluded Debt; and

  

	(e)	taking no account of any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instruments or similar financial instruments other than any derivative instruments which are
accounted for on a hedge accounting basis. 

 “Finance Lease” means any lease or hire purchase contract to the
extent required, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, to be treated as a finance or capital lease. 
 “Interest Cover”
means the ratio of EBITDA to Finance Charges. 
 “Month End Date” means the last day of any calendar month. 

“Offshore Cash” means Cash or Cash Equivalent Investments held by an Offshore Group Member (excluding amounts credited to the Debt
Service Reserve Account and excluding any Cash or Cash Equivalent Investments held by a Finance Company or a Project Company). 

“Offshore Group Leverage” means, for any Relevant Period, the ratio of (a) Total Net Debt less the amount credited to the
Debt Service Reserve Account, in each case on the last day of that Relevant Period, to (b) EBITDA. 
 “Relevant Period”
means each period of twelve (12) Months ending on a Testing Date. 
 “Total Net Debt” means, at any time, the aggregate
amount of all obligations of Group Members for or in respect of Borrowings at that time but: 
  

	(a)	excluding any such obligations to any other Group Member; 

  

	(b)	excluding any Excluded Debt; 

  

	(c)	including, in the case of Finance Leases only, their capitalised value; 

 

	(d)	deducting the aggregate amount of Offshore Cash; and 

  

	(e)	excluding for the avoidance of doubt, the Preference Shares and any liabilities arising from any revaluation of any Preference Shares, 

and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once. 

  
 Page 64

	20.2	Financial condition 

 The Company shall ensure
that: 
  

	(a)	Interest Cover: the Interest Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 4.00:1. 

 

	(b)	Offshore Group Leverage: the Offshore Group Leverage in respect of any Relevant Period shall not exceed 3.00:1. 

 

	20.3	Financial testing 

 The financial covenants set
out in Clause 20.2 (Financial condition) shall be calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles and tested by reference to the relevant financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) and/or each
Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Compliance Certificate) (in each case) in respect of the relevant Testing Date. 
  

	21.	GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS 

 The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

 

	21.1	Authorisations 

 Each Obligor shall promptly:

  

	(a)	obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and 

 

	(b)	supply certified copies to the Agent of, 

 any
Authorisation required to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, (subject to the Legal Reservations) enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdiction of any
Finance Document. 
  

	21.2	Compliance with laws 

 Each Obligor shall comply
in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents. 

 

	21.3	Pari passu ranking 

 Each Obligor shall ensure
that its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank and continue to rank at least pari passu with the claims of all of its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to
companies generally. 

  
 Page 65

	21.4	Negative pledge 

 In this Clause 21.4,
“Quasi-Security” means an arrangement or transaction described in paragraph (b) below. 
  

	(a)	No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no Offshore Material Subsidiary will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

  

	(b)	No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no Offshore Material Subsidiary will): 

 

	 	(i)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any Offshore Material Subsidiary;

  

	 	(ii)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms; 

 

	 	(iii)	enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement; 

  

	 	(iv)	enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of
accounts; or 

  

	 	(v)	enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of
financing the acquisition of an asset. 
  

	(c)	Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to: 

  

	 	(i)	until the Initial Utilisation Date, any Security in respect of the 2012 Facilities; 

 

	 	(ii)	any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit
balances; 

  

	 	(iii)	any payment or close out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to any hedging transaction entered into by a Group Member for the purpose of: 

 

	 	(A)	hedging any risk to which any Group Member is exposed in its ordinary course of business; or 

 

	 	(B)	its interest rate or currency management operations which are carried out in the ordinary course of business and for non-speculative purposes only,

 excluding, in each case, any Security or Quasi-Security under a credit support arrangement in relation to a
hedging transaction; 
  

	 	(iv)	any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading or any custodian lien arising in the ordinary course of investment or treasury activities of
the Group PROVIDED THAT the debt or liability which is secured thereby is paid when due or within any applicable grace period or contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and properly provisioned;

  
 Page 66

	 	(v)	any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset acquired by a Group Member after the date of this Agreement to the extent that: 

 

	 	(A)	the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a Group Member; and 

 

	 	(B)	the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of, or since the acquisition of that asset by a Group Member; 

 

	 	(vi)	any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of any person which becomes a Group Member after the date of this Agreement, where the Security or
Quasi-Security is created prior to the date on which that person becomes a Group Member, to the extent that: 

  

	 	(A)	the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that person; and 

 

	 	(B)	the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that person; 

 

	 	(vii)	any Security or Quasi-Security created pursuant to any Finance Document (including for the avoidance of doubt in respect of any Permitted Offshore Indebtedness and any
Permitted Hedging in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement); 

  

	 	(viii)	any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any retention of title, title transfer, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect
in respect of goods supplied to a Group Member in the ordinary course of business and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any Group Member; 

 

	 	(ix)	any Security or Quasi-Security consented to or approved in writing by the Majority Lenders; 

 

	 	(x)	any Security or Quasi-Security over shares in a joint venture to secure obligations in relation to the joint venture; 

 

	 	(xi)	any Security or Quasi-Security arising in respect of a disposal which is permitted hereunder; 

 

	 	(xii)	any Security or Quasi-Security resulting from the rules and regulations of any clearing system or stock exchange over shares and/or other securities held in that
clearing system or stock exchange; 

  

	 	(xiii)	any Security or Quasi-Security replacing any Security or Quasi-Security permitted under paragraphs (i) to (xii) above or to this paragraph (xiii) and
securing indebtedness or obligations whose principal amount does not exceed the maximum principal amount secured or which could be secured, by the replaced Security or Quasi-Security when it is replaced; 

  
 Page 67

	 	(xiv)	any Security or Quasi-Security that is subordinated to the Transaction Security on terms acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders acting
reasonably); and 

  

	 	(xv)	any Security or Quasi-Security securing indebtedness the principal amount of which (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness which has the
benefit of Security or Quasi-Security given by any Offshore Material Subsidiary to the extent not permitted under paragraphs (i) to (xiv) above) does not exceed US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies).

  

	21.5	Disposals 

  

	(a)	No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other Group Member will), enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not)
and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any substantial part of any Major Material Subsidiary or any holding company of any Major Material Subsidiary, in each case whether by way of share sale or
asset sale. 

  

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal by any Group Member (other than the Company) to the Company or to an Obligor or
arising as a result of the creation of any Permitted Security. 

  

	21.6	Taxation 

 Each Obligor and Onshore Material
Subsidiary shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed on it or its assets within the time period allowed unless and only to the extent that: 
  

	(a)	such payment is being contested in good faith; and 

  

	(b)	adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes; 

 provided that, the exceptions set out in paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall not apply if the failure to pay such Taxes would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

 

	21.7	Merger 

 No Obligor shall enter into any
amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction other than: 
  

	(a)	a solvent liquidation of an Obligor other than the Company where all of the surplus assets of the relevant Obligor are distributed to its immediate holding company; or

  

	(b)	a merger involving the Company in relation to which the Company is the surviving corporation and subject to receipt by the Agent of a legal opinion from a firm of
international repute confirming on terms satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) that the merger is not adverse to the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents; or 

 

	(c)	a merger not involving the Company in relation to which the surviving corporation is an Obligor (including by reason of an accession hereunder as an Additional
Guarantor); or 

  

	(d)	with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). 

  
 Page 68

	21.8	Change of business 

 The Company shall procure
that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement (other than as a result of a disposal permitted hereunder and without limiting the ability of any Group Member
to engage in any ancillary or related business). 
  

	21.9	Onshore financial indebtedness 

  

	(a)	The outstanding principal amount of Financial Indebtedness (excluding any Financial Indebtedness owed to any other Group Member) incurred by
阿里巴巴(中国)网络技术有限公司 (B50), 淘宝(中国)软件有限公司 (T50),
浙江天猫技术有限公司 (T62) and each other Onshore Group Member which is a Major Material Subsidiary shall not exceed RMB9,500,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate at any time.

  

	(b)	Each Onshore Group Member (other than those companies to which paragraph (a) above applies) may incur Financial Indebtedness unless the incurrence of such
Financial Indebtedness would result in a breach of paragraph (b) of Clause 20.2 (Financial condition). 

  

	21.10	Intra-group loans 

 If a Group Member that is not
an Obligor makes a loan to an Obligor and the aggregate principal amount of that loan (when aggregated with the aggregate principal amount of all other loans outstanding from that Group Member to any Obligor) exceeds US$15,000,000 (or its
equivalent), the Company shall procure that (unless the Group Member which is the lender in respect of such loan has already acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)) such Group
Member shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) promptly following the date of any such loan and all loans from that Group Member to any Obligor shall be subordinated in right
and priority of payment to the Facilities on the terms set out in the Intercreditor Agreement. 
  

	21.11	Arm’s length basis 

  

	(a)	Except as permitted by paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other Group Member will) enter into any transaction with any
person except on arm’s length terms. 

  

	(b)	The following transactions shall not be a breach of this Clause 21.11: 

  

	 	(i)	transactions between Group Members; 

  

	 	(ii)	dividends paid in accordance with the provisions of the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(iii)	any transaction required to comply with tax or other applicable legislation; and 

 

	 	(iv)	transactions entered into in the best interests of the Group and which are approved by Management or the board of directors of the Company and which could not
reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties. 

  
 Page 69

	21.12	Ownership 

 The Company shall at all times
maintain directly or indirectly 100% legal and beneficial ownership of Taobao China Holding Limited and Alibaba.com China Limited. 
  

	21.13	DSRA 

  

	(a)	The Company shall ensure that, from the Initial Utilisation Date until the repayment of the Facilities in full, an amount of not less than the Minimum DSRA Amount is
maintained at all times in the Debt Service Reserve Account, provided that the credit balance in such account may be applied towards, or released immediately upon, the repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Facilities in full (but not in
part). 

  

	(b)	If the amount credited to the Debt Service Reserve Account is greater than the Minimum DSRA Amount on any Minimum DSRA Determination Date, an amount equal to the excess
shall at the written request of the Company be released to the Company. 

  

	21.14	Sanctions 

  

	(a)	No Group Member shall use any of the funds advanced under this Agreement directly or indirectly for the purpose of, or with the effect of, funding or facilitating any
activities or business activities in, with or relating to (a) Cuba, Sudan, Iran, Myanmar (Burma), Syria or North Korea, unless such countries are no longer the subject of Sanctions; and (b) any other countries that are, or become, the
subject of Sanctions (as notified in writing by the Agent (acting on behalf of any Lenders) to such Group Member from time to time) where such utilisation would be prohibited under Sanctions. 

 

	(b)	No Group Member shall use any of the funds advanced under this Agreement directly or indirectly for the purpose of, or with the effect of, funding or facilitating, any
activities or business activities or dealings of or with any person that is/are the subject of Sanctions and/or subject to economic or trade sanctions, restrictions or embargoes by any other governmental or supranational body notified in writing by
the Agent (acting on behalf of any Lenders) to such Group Member from time to time. This includes in particular (but without limitation) business activities involving persons named on any sanctions lists issued by any of the aforementioned bodies.

  

	21.15	Anti-corruption 

 No Group Member will directly
or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facilities in a manner, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, affiliate, joint venture partner or other person or entity for the purpose of financing or facilitating
any activity, that would violate applicable anti-corruption laws and regulations including without limitation to the extent applicable the UK Bribery Act 2010 and the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977. 

  
 Page 70

	21.16	Anti-money laundering 

 The Company will procure
that the Group will at all times have in place appropriate procedures and policies designed to promote and achieve compliance by Group Members with all applicable laws and regulations relating to Money Laundering. 

 

	21.17	Intellectual Property 

 Each Obligor shall (and
the Company shall procure that each other Group Member will): 
  

	(a)	preserve and maintain the existence and validity of all Intellectual Property that is necessary for the business of the relevant Group Member, or procure the same;

  

	(b)	use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent any infringement of which it is aware of any such Intellectual Property; 

 

	(c)	make registrations and pay all registration fees and taxes necessary to maintain all such Intellectual Property in full force and effect and record its interest in that
Intellectual Property; 

  

	(d)	not use or knowingly permit such Intellectual Property to be used in a way, or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property, which
may materially and adversely affect the exercise or value of that Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any Group Member to use such property; and 

  

	(e)	not discontinue the use, or dispose, of any such Intellectual Property, 

 where failure to do so, in the case of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, or in the case of paragraphs (d) and (e) above, where such use, permission to use, omission, discontinuation
or disposal, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	21.18	Access 

 If an Event of Default is continuing,
each Obligor shall, and the Company shall ensure that each Group Member will, permit the Agent and/or the Security Agent and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the Agent or Security Agent access at reasonable times and
on reasonable notice to the premises, assets, books, accounts and records of each Group Member. 
  

	21.19	VIE 

 The Company shall procure that: 

 

	(a)	each wholly-owned Group Member party to a VIE Structure shall not amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any term of any VIE Documents;

  

	(b)	without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), no Group Member party to a VIE Structure shall terminate, revoke,
unwind or allow to expire any VIE Documents; and 

  

	(c)	each Group Member party to a VIE Structure shall comply with the terms of VIE Documents to which it is a party, 

  
 Page 71

 where doing so, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, or in the case of paragraph
(c) above, where such failure to do so, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	21.20	Conditions Subsequent 

 Within three Business
Days of the Initial Utilisation Date the Company shall: 
  

	(a)	procure that Direct Solutions Management Limited transfers to the Company legal and beneficial ownership of all of the shares it holds in Alibaba.com Limited (the
“Additional Shares”); and 

  

	(b)	after the transfer referred to in paragraph (a) above has been completed, take all steps necessary to ensure that the Additional Shares become subject to the
Composite Share Charge (including, without limitation, depositing with the Security Agent all of the relevant documents set out in clause 3.2 (Deposit of documents) of the Composite Share Charge and complying with all applicable obligations
under clause 3.3 (Other actions) of the Composite Share Charge). 

  

	21.21	Further Assurance 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor shall promptly do all such acts and execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the
Security Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may reasonably require) in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s): 

  

	 	(i)	to perfect the Security created or purported or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents or for the exercise of any rights,
powers and remedies of the Security Agent or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law; and/or 

  

	 	(ii)	to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are purported or intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security. 

 

	(b)	Each Obligor shall take all such action as is reasonably available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the
creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or purported or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents. 

 

	22.	EVENTS OF DEFAULT 

 Each of the events or circumstances set out in the following sub-clauses of this Clause 22 (other than 22.17 (Acceleration)) is an Event of Default. 

 

	22.1	Non-payment 

 An Obligor does not pay on the due
date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless: 
  

	(a)	its failure to pay is caused by: 

  

	 	(i)	administrative or technical error; or 

  

	 	(ii)	a Disruption Event; and 

  

	(b)	payment is made within 5 Business Days of its due date. 

  
 Page 72

	22.2	Financial covenants 

 Any requirement of Clause
20 (Financial Covenants) is not satisfied. 
  

	22.3	Other obligations 

  

	(a)	An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 22.1 (Non-payment) and Clause 22.2
(Financial covenants)). 

  

	(b)	No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 30 days of the earlier of
(A) the Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply. 

  

	22.4	Misrepresentation 

 Any representation or
statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any
material respect when made or deemed to be made. 
  

	22.5	Cross default 

  

	(a)	Any Financial Indebtedness (other than Excluded Debt) of any Offshore Material Subsidiary is not paid when due nor within any applicable grace period.

  

	(b)	Any Financial Indebtedness (other than Excluded Debt) of the Company or any Material Subsidiary is validly declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to
its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). 

  

	(c)	Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness (other than Excluded Debt) of any Offshore Material Subsidiary is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of that Offshore
Material Subsidiary as a result of an event of default (however described). 

  

	(d)	Any creditor of any Offshore Material Subsidiary becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness (other than Excluded Debt) of any Offshore Material Subsidiary
due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). 

  

	(e)	No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 22.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within
paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies). 

  

	22.6	Insolvency 

  

	(a)	Any Obligor or Major Material Subsidiary is or is presumed or deemed under applicable law to be unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due or suspends
making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness. 

 

	(b)	The value of the assets of any Obligor or Major Material Subsidiary is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

  
 Page 73

	22.7	Insolvency proceedings 

 Any corporate action,
legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to: 
  

	(a)	the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration, provisional supervision or reorganisation (by way of voluntary
arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor or Major Material Subsidiary other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of an Obligor (other than the Company) or Major Material Subsidiary; 

 

	(b)	a composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or Major Material Subsidiary, or an assignment for the benefit of creditors generally of an Obligor or
Major Material Subsidiary or a class of such creditors; 

  

	(c)	the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of an Obligor (other than the Company) or a Major Material Subsidiary), receiver,
administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager, provisional supervisor or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or Major Material Subsidiary or any of its assets having an aggregate value of US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent in
any other currency or currencies); or 

  

	(d)	enforcement of any Security over any material part of the assets of any Obligor or Major Material Subsidiary, 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction. 
 This Clause 22.7 shall not apply to any action, proceedings, procedure or steps which are frivolous or vexatious or are discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement. 

 

	22.8	Creditors’ process 

 Any expropriation,
attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any part of the assets of an Obligor or Major Material Subsidiary having an aggregate value of US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) and is not discharged
within 30 days. 
  

	22.9	Ownership of the Obligors 

 An Obligor (other
than the Company) is not or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company other than by reason of a disposal permitted hereunder or a winding-up not prohibited under the Finance Documents. 

 

	22.10	Unlawfulness 

 It is or becomes unlawful for an
Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or the IPR License Agreements. 

  
 Page 74

	22.11	Repudiation 

 An Obligor repudiates a Finance
Document or evidences in writing an intention to repudiate a Finance Document or an IPR License Agreement. 
  

	22.12	Material Adverse Effect 

 Any event or
circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	22.13	Cessation of business 

 The Company suspends or
ceases to carry on all or a substantial part of its business or there occurs a suspension or a cessation of a substantial part of the business of the Group taken as a whole (but excluding for the avoidance of doubt by reason of a disposal permitted
hereunder). 
  

	22.14	Expropriation 

 The authority or ability of any
Group Member to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or
other person in relation to any Group Member or any of its assets which (in each case) has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	22.15	Transaction Security no longer effective or perfected 

 Any Transaction Security ceases to be in full force and effect in relation to any asset or any guarantee under the Finance Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, in each case in a manner that is
materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties. 
  

	22.16	VIE 

  

	(a)	At any time, the financial statements of any VIE are not or cease to be consolidated into the Company’s consolidated financial statements;

  

	(b)	any event or circumstance occurs which adversely affects the rights of any Group Member (other than a VIE) under or in respect of the VIE Documents;

  

	(c)	it is or becomes unlawful for any party to perform any of its obligations under any VIE Documents; 

 

	(d)	any party to a VIE Structure rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a VIE Document to which it is a party; 

 

	(e)	any VIE Structure becomes or is declared or determined as being illegal, invalid or not in compliance with any PRC law, regulation or policy; and/or

  

	(f)	any of the events referred to in Clause 22.6 (Insolvency), Clause 22.7 (Insolvency proceedings) or Clause 22.8 (Creditors’ process) occurs in
relation to a party to a VIE Structure, 

 and, in each case, such event or circumstance has or is reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect. 

  
 Page 75

	22.17	Acceleration 

 At any time
while an Event of Default is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2/3% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero,
aggregated more than 66 2/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction), by notice to the Company: 
  

	(a)	without prejudice to the participations of any Lenders in any Loans then outstanding: 

 

	 	(i)	cancel the Commitments (and reduce them to zero), whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled (and reduced to zero); or 

 

	 	(ii)	cancel any part of any Commitment (and reduce such Commitment accordingly), whereupon the relevant part shall immediately be cancelled (and the relevant Commitment
shall be immediately reduced accordingly); and/or 

  

	(b)	declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and
payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or 

  

	(c)	declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority
Lenders; and/or 

  

	(d)	subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under
the Finance Documents. 

  

	23.	CHANGES TO THE LENDERS 

 

	23.1	Assignments and transfers by the Lenders 

Subject to this Clause 23, a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may: 

 

	(a)	(i) assign any of its rights; or (ii) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations, under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial
institution or to any other person specifically approved in writing by the Company (the “New Lender”); and 

  

	(b)	sub-participate any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement. 

 

	23.2	Conditions of assignment or transfer or sub-participation 

  

	(a)	Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, the prior written consent of the Company is required for any assignment, transfer or sub-participation by an Existing
Lender. 

  

	(b)	The prior written consent of the Company is not required for an assignment, transfer or sub-participation by an Existing Lender if: 

 

	 	(i)	in the case of a transfer or assignment, the relevant transfer or assignment is: 

 

	 	(A)	to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; or 

  
 Page 76

	 	(B)	made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing; or 

  

	 	(C)	to a bank or financial institution approved in writing by the Company; or 

  

	 	(D)	an assignment or transfer of any Revolving Facility Commitment to a bank or financial institution with a rating for its long-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced
obligations of A- or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Limited or A3 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited (or an equivalent rating by any other internationally recognised rating agency); or

  

	 	(ii)	in the case of a sub-participation, the Existing Lender confirms in writing to the Company that it has retained and it will continue to retain full management and
voting control in relation to the Facility as against the sub-participant, 

 unless, in each case, such
assignment, transfer or sub-participation is to a Prohibited Transferee, in which case consent of the Company will be required in accordance with paragraph (a) above. 

 

	(c)	Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, in respect of a transfer, assignment or sub-participation (other than to a Prohibited Transferee): 

 

	 	(i)	the consent of the Company to a transfer, assignment or sub-participation must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and 

 

	 	(ii)	the Company will be deemed to have given its consent ten (10) Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the
Company within that time. 

  

	(d)	Any assignment or transfer of a Lender’s rights or obligations under the Finance Documents must be in a minimum amount of US$10,000,000 (and following any such
assignment or transfer by a Lender, unless that Lender has assigned and/or transferred all of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents, that Lender must retain rights and obligations in a minimum amount of US$10,000,000) or, in each
case, such lower amount with the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). 

  

	(e)	A transfer will be effective only if the procedure set out in Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with and the New Lender enters into the
documentation required for it to accede to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Senior Secured Lender (under and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) unless it is already a party to the Intercreditor Agreement in that capacity.

  

	(f)	An assignment will be effective only if the procedure and conditions set out in Clause 23.6 (Procedure for assignment) are complied with and the New Lender
enters into the documentation required for it to accede to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Senior Secured Lender (under and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) unless it is already a party to the Intercreditor Agreement in that capacity.

  
 Page 77

	(g)	If: 

  

	 	(i)	a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and 

 

	 	(ii)	as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender
acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased Costs), 

 then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous
Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. 
  

	(h)	Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute
on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this
Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender. 

  

	(i)	The right of any Lender to make assignments, transfers and enter into sub-participations as provided by this Clause 23 is in any event subject to that Lender procuring
that Confidentiality Undertakings are entered into and delivered to the Company as provided by Clause 25 (Disclosure of Information). 

  

	23.3	Assignment or transfer fee 

 Unless the Agent
otherwise agrees and excluding an assignment or transfer (i) to an Affiliate of a Lender or (ii) made prior to the earlier of (A) four (4) months after the date of this Agreement and (B) the close of primary syndication of
the Facilities (or, if applicable, the close of general syndication of the Facilities), the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$2,500. 

 

	23.4	Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders 

  

	(a)	Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

  

	 	(i)	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents; 

 

	 	(ii)	the financial condition of any Obligor; 

  

	 	(iii)	the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or 

 

	 	(iv)	the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document, 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded. 

  
 Page 78

	(b)	Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it: 

 

	 	(i)	has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities
in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; and 

 

	 	(ii)	will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under
the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

  

	(c)	Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to: 

  

	 	(i)	accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 23; or 

 

	 	(ii)	support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or
otherwise. 

  

	23.5	Procedure for transfer 

  

	(a)	Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer or sub-participation) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph
(c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt
by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate. 

 

	(b)	The Agent shall not be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender unless it is satisfied that it has completed
all “know your customer” and other similar procedures that it is required (or deems desirable) to conduct in relation to the transfer to such New Lender. 

 

	(c)	Subject to Clause 23.11 (Pro-rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date: 

 

	 	(i)	to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect
of the Transaction Security each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one
another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”); 

 

	 	(ii)	each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights
and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender; 

  
 Page 79

	 	(iii)	the Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between
themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the
Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under this Agreement; and 

 

	 	(iv)	the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”. 

  

	(d)	The procedure set out in this Clause 23.5 shall not apply to any right or obligation under any Finance Document (other than this Agreement) if and to the extent its
terms, or any laws or regulations applicable thereto, provide for or require a different means of transfer of such right or obligation or prohibit or restrict any transfer of such right or obligation, unless such prohibition or restriction shall not
be applicable to the relevant transfer or each condition of any applicable restriction shall have been satisfied. 

  

	23.6	Procedure for assignment 

  

	(a)	Subject to the conditions set out in paragraph (d) below and in Clause 23.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer or
sub-participation), an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (b) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender
and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (d)(ii) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement. 

  

	(b)	Subject to Clause 23.11 (Pro-rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date: 

 

	 	(i)	the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the
subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement; 

  

	 	(ii)	the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it (the “Relevant Obligations”) and
expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and 

 

	 	(iii)	the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations. 

 

	(c)	Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 23.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the
relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender)
PROVIDED THAT they comply with the conditions set out in paragraph (d) below. 

  
 Page 80

	(d)	An assignment (whether pursuant to an Assignment Agreement or paragraph (c) above) will only be effective on: 

 

	 	(i)	receipt by the Agent (whether in an Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent)
that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender; and 

  

	 	(ii)	performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such
assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall not be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by an Existing Lender and the New Lender
or any document delivered to it pursuant to paragraph (c) above unless it is satisfied that it has completed all “know your customer” and other similar procedures that it is required (or deems desirable) to conduct in relation to the
assignment to such New Lender. 

  

	(e)	The procedure set out in this Clause 23.6 shall not apply to any right or obligation under any Finance Document (other than this Agreement) if and to the extent its
terms, or any laws or regulations applicable thereto, provide for or require a different means of assignment of such right or release or assumption of such obligation or prohibit or restrict any assignment of such right or release or assumption of
such obligation, unless such prohibition or restriction shall not be applicable to the relevant assignment, release or assumption or each condition of any applicable restriction shall have been satisfied. 

 

	23.7	Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Company 

 The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement or an Increase Confirmation, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer
Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation. 
  

	23.8	Existing consents and waivers 

 A New Lender
shall be bound by any consent, waiver, election or decision given or made by the relevant Existing Lender under or pursuant to any Finance Document prior to the coming into effect of the relevant assignment or transfer to such New Lender.

  

	23.9	Exclusion of Agent’s liability 

 In relation
to any assignment or transfer pursuant to this Clause 23, , each Party acknowledges and agrees that the Agent shall not be obliged to enquire as to the accuracy of any representation or warranty made by a New Lender in respect of its eligibility as
a Lender. 

  
 Page 81

	23.10	Security over Lenders’ rights 

 In addition
to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 23, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or
otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation: 
  

	(a)	any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and 

 

	(b)	in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations
owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities, 

 except that no such
charge, assignment or Security shall: 
  

	 	(i)	release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as
a party to any of the Finance Documents; or 

  

	 	(ii)	require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to
the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents. 

  

	23.11	Pro-rata interest settlement 

 If the Agent has
notified the Lenders and the Company (which it shall be under no obligation to do) that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to
Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 23.6 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest
Period): 
  

	(a)	any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the
Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the
Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and 

  

	(b)	the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

  

	 	(i)	when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and 

 

	 	(ii)	the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 23.11, have been payable to it on that date,
but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts. 

  
 Page 82

	24.	CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS 

 

	24.1	Assignments and transfers by Obligors 

 An
Obligor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document, except with the prior written consent of all the Lenders. 
  

	24.2	Additional Guarantors 

  

	(a)	Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 19.7 (“Know your customer” checks), the Company may request
that any of its Subsidiaries become an Additional Guarantor. 

  

	(b)	To the fullest extent permitted by law, if any notice delivered pursuant to paragraph (d) of Clause 19.4 (Information: miscellaneous) indicates that any
Subsidiary of the Company has become an Offshore Material Subsidiary and if that Offshore Material Subsidiary is not already a Guarantor: 

  

	 	(i)	if such Offshore Material Subsidiary is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall procure as soon as practicable and in any event within thirty days
of delivery of the relevant financial statements; or 

  

	 	(ii)	if such Offshore Material Subsidiary is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure,

 that the relevant Offshore Material Subsidiary shall become an Additional Guarantor and the Holding Company of
that Offshore Material Subsidiary will become an Additional Chargor (under and as defined in the Composite Share Charge), each in accordance with paragraph (c) below. 

 

	(c)	A Group Member shall become an Additional Guarantor if: 

  

	 	(i)	the Company delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; 

 

	 	(ii)	where the Intercreditor Agreement has been entered into, the proposed Additional Guarantor delivers to the Security Agent a duly completed and executed Debtor Accession
Deed as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to the terms thereof; 

  

	 	(iii)	where the Composite Share Charge has been entered into, the Holding Company of such proposed Additional Guarantor delivers to the Security Agent a duly completed and
executed Composite Share Charge Deed of Accession to (and as defined in) the Composite Share Charge pursuant to the terms thereof to create an effective first ranking fixed Security over the entire issued share capital in such proposed Additional
Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent; and 

  

	 	(iv)	the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part C of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent required to be delivered by an Additional
Guarantor) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, in relation to that Additional Guarantor. 

  

	(d)	The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied (acting reasonably) under paragraph (c)(iv) above. 

  
 Page 83

	24.3	Repetition of Repeating Representations 

Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to
it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing. 
  

	24.4	Resignation of a Guarantor 

  

	(a)	The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter. 

 

	(b)	The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if: 

 

	 	(i)	the Guarantor or its Holding Company is subject to a disposal (a “Third Party Disposal”) that is permitted under the Finance Documents and that is to a
person that is not a Group Member and if no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has confirmed this is the case to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent); or

  

	 	(ii)	all the Lenders have consented to the Company’s request. 

  

	(c)	If a Guarantor is permitted to resign in accordance with this Clause 24.4, where that Guarantor created Transaction Security over any of its assets or business in
favour of the Security Agent, or Transaction Security in favour of the Security Agent was created over the shares (or equivalent) of that Guarantor, the Security Agent may, at the cost and request of the Company, release those assets, business or
shares (or equivalent) and issue certificates of non-crystallisation. 

  

	(d)	Any resignation or release under paragraphs (b) or (c) above will be effective at the time of completion of the relevant Third Party Disposal or, in the case
of a resignation under paragraph (b)(ii) above, at such time as the Lenders shall have agreed. 

  

	25.	DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION 

 

	25.1	Obligation to keep information confidential 

  

	(a)	Each Finance Party must keep confidential all information relating to the Company, any Guarantor, the Group, the Finance Documents or a Facility of which a Finance
Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either
(i) any Group Member or any of its advisers; or (ii) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any Group Member or any of its advisers (regardless of the form such information
takes, and including information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information) and shall not use any such information except in
connection with the Finance Documents and the Facilities. 

  
 Page 84

	(b)	However, a Finance Party is entitled to disclose information referred to in paragraph (a) above: 

 

	 	(i)	if such information is publicly available, other than as a direct or indirect result of a breach by that Finance Party of, or action by its Affiliates that is contrary
to the provisions of, this Clause; 

  

	 	(ii)	if required to do so in connection with any legal, arbitration or regulatory proceedings or procedure; 

 

	 	(iii)	if required to do so under any applicable law or regulation; 

  

	 	(iv)	if required or requested to do so by any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority; 

 

	 	(v)	to its professional advisers and any other person providing services to it (including, without limitation, any provider of administrative or settlement services and
external auditors) provided that such person is under a duty of confidentiality, contractual or otherwise, to that Finance Party; 

  

	 	(vi)	to the head office, branches, representative offices, Subsidiaries, related corporations or Affiliate of any Finance Party (each a “Finance Party Related
Party”) and each Finance Related Party shall be permitted to disclose information as if it were a Finance Party; 

  

	 	(vii)	to any other Finance Party; 

  

	 	(viii)	to any person permitted in writing by any Obligor; 

  

	 	(ix)	to any Obligor; or 

  

	 	(x)	to the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) or any Credit Derivatives Determination Committee or sub-committee of ISDA where
such disclosure is required by them in order to determine whether the obligations under the Finance Documents will be, or in order for the obligations under the Finance Documents to become, deliverable under a credit derivative transaction or other
credit linked transaction which incorporates the 2009 ISDA Credit Derivatives Determinations Committees and Auction Settlement Supplement or other provisions substantially equivalent thereto. 

 

	(c)	A Finance Party may disclose to an Affiliate or any potential transferee, assignee or Participant to which a transfer, assignment or sub-participation is not expressly
prohibited under Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) but for the avoidance of doubt not to an Industrial Competitor: 

  

	 	(i)	a copy of any Finance Document; and 

  

	 	(ii)	any information which that Finance Party has acquired under or in connection with any Finance Document. 

  
 Page 85

 However, before a potential transferee, assignee or Participant may receive any confidential
information, it must execute in favour of the relevant Finance Party a Confidentiality Undertaking and deliver a copy of the same to the Company. A Participant may itself disclose the documents and information referred to in sub-paragraphs
(i) and (ii) to an Affiliate or any person with whom it may enter, or has entered into, any kind of transfer of an economic or other interest in, or related to, this Agreement so long as the relevant Affiliate or transferee executes in
favour of the relevant potential transferee, assignee or Participant a Confidentiality Undertaking and delivers a copy of the same to the Company. 
 This Clause supersedes any previous agreement relating to the confidentiality of such information. 
  

	25.2	Relevant information 

 Without affecting the
responsibility of the Obligors for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each of the Lenders accepts and acknowledges that: 

 

	(a)	some or all of the information (including, without limitations, financial projections and/or other financial data) that has or may be provided to the Lenders (through
the Agent, the Security Agent or otherwise) is or may constitute relevant information in relation to the Company (the “Price Sensitive Information”) and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable
laws and regulations relating to, among other things, insider dealing and/or market abuse; 

  

	(b)	upon possession of the Price Sensitive Information, a Lender may be prohibited or restricted under the applicable laws and regulations from, among other things, dealing
in or counselling or procuring another person to deal in the listed securities of the Company or its derivatives, or the listed securities of a related corporation of the Company or its derivatives, or otherwise from using or disclosing the Price
Sensitive Information; 

  

	(c)	none of the Agent, the Security Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with distributing the information
provided that where it is required to act on the instructions of any Lender or Lenders, the Agent or the Security Agent may ask for a confirmation or certificate (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent or the Security Agent, as relevant)
confirming that the instructing Lender or Lenders is or are not in possession of any Price Sensitive Information and that it is or they are not instructing the Agent or Security Agent, as relevant, to act as a consequence of being in possession of
any Price Sensitive Information; and 

  

	(d)	any information received under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall not be used for any unlawful purpose, and each Lender shall make an independent
evaluation of, and ensure its compliance with, any legal and regulatory restrictions on the use and/or disclosure of such information. 

  

	26.	ROLE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE PARTIES 

 

	26.1	Appointment of the Agent 

  

	(a)	Each of the other Finance Parties appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents. 

 

	(b)	Each of the other Finance Parties authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in
connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. 

  
 Page 86

	26.2	Duties of the Agent 

  

	(a)	Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party
by any other Party. 

  

	(b)	Without prejudice to Clause 23.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Company), paragraph (a) above shall not
apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment Agreement or any Increase Confirmation. 

  

	(c)	Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it
forwards to another Party. 

  

	(d)	If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly
notify the Finance Parties. 

  

	(e)	If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than to any Administrative Party)
under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties. 

  

	(f)	The Agent shall provide to the Company within ten (10) Business Days of the last Business Day of each calendar month, a list (which may be in electronic form)
setting out the names of the Lenders as at that Business Day, their respective Commitments, the address and fax number (and the department or office, if any, for whose attention any communication is to be marked) of each Lender for any
communications to be made or document to be delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt by electronic mail or other electronic means
to and by each Lender to whom any communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by that means and the account details of each Lender for any payment to be distributed by the Agent to that Lender under the Finance
Documents. 

  

	(g)	The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature. 

 

	26.3	Role of the Mandated Lead Arrangers 

 Except as
specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document. 

 

	26.4	No fiduciary duties 

  

	(a)	The Administrative Parties shall not otherwise have, nor be deemed to have, assumed any obligations to, or trust or fiduciary relationship with, any other party to this
Agreement or the Transaction Security Documents. 

  

	(b)	None of the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own
account. 

  
 Page 87

	26.5	Business with the Group 

  

	(a)	Any Administrative Party may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Group Member.

  

	(b)	Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably waives, in favour of the Agent, any conflict of interest which may arise by virtue of the Agent acting in various capacities
under the Finance Documents or for other customers of the Agent. Each of the Lenders acknowledges that the Agent and its affiliates (together, the “Agent Parties”) may have interests in, or may be providing or may in the future
provide financial or other services to other parties with interests which a Lender may regard as conflicting with its interests and may possess information (whether or not material to the Lenders) other than as a result of the Agent acting as Agent
or Security Agent under the Finance Documents, that the Agent may not be entitled to share with any Lender. 

  

	(c)	Consistent with its long-standing policy to hold in confidence the affairs of its customers, the Agent will not disclose confidential information obtained from any
Lender (without its consent) to any of the Agent’s other customers nor will it use on the Lender’s behalf any confidential information obtained from any other customer. Without prejudice to the foregoing, each of the Lenders agrees that
each of the Agent Parties may deal (whether for its own or its customers’ account) in, or advise on, securities of any party and that such dealing or giving of advice, will not constitute a conflict of interest for the purposes of the Finance
Documents. 

  

	26.6	Rights and discretions of the Agent 

  

	(a)	The Agent may rely on: 

  

	 	(i)	any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and 

 

	 	(ii)	any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or
within his power to verify. 

  

	(b)	The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that: 

 

	 	(i)	no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 22.1 (Non-payment)); 

 

	 	(ii)	any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and 

 

	 	(iii)	any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the
Obligors. 

  

	(c)	The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts. 

  
 Page 88

	(d)	The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents. 

 

	(e)	The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement. 

 

	(f)	Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (e) above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Company
and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Company or the Majority Lenders. 

  

	(g)	Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if
it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. 

  

	26.7	Majority Lenders’ instructions 

  

	(a)	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in
accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or
omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders. 

  

	(b)	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

  

	(c)	The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) or under paragraph (d) below until
it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated Indirect Tax) which it may incur in complying with the instructions. 

 

	(d)	In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in
the best interest of the Lenders. 

  

	(e)	The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any
Finance Document. This paragraph (e) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Transaction Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or
Transaction Security Documents. 

  

	26.8	Responsibility for documentation 

 No
Administrative Party: 
  

	(a)	is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by any Administrative Party, an Obligor or any other
person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the Information Memorandum; or 

  
 Page 89

	(b)	is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement,
arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; 

  

	(c)	is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public
information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise. 

  

	26.9	Exclusion of liability 

  

	(a)	Without limiting paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall not be liable for any cost, loss or liability incurred by any Party as a consequence of:

  

	 	(i)	the Agent having taken or having omitted to take any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by the
Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or 

  

	 	(ii)	any delay in the crediting to any account of an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent shall have taken all necessary steps as
soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for the purpose of such payment. 

 

	(b)	No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or
in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.3 (Third party rights) and
the provisions of the Third Parties Act. 

  

	(c)	Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige any Administrative Party to conduct any “know your customer” or other procedures in relation to any person on behalf of
any Lender and each Lender confirms to each Administrative Party that it is solely responsible for any such procedures it is required to conduct and that it shall not rely on any statement in relation to such procedures made by any Administrative
Party. 

  

	(d)	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not in any event be liable for any loss or damage, or any
failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder if it is prevented from so performing its obligations by any reason which is beyond the control of the Agent, including, but not limited to, any existing or future law or regulation,
any existing or future act of governmental authority, Act of God, flood, war whether declared or undeclared, terrorism, riot, rebellion, civil commotion, strike, lockout, other industrial action, general failure of electricity or other supply,
aircraft collision, technical failure, accidental or mechanical or electrical breakdown, computer failure or failure of any money transmission system or any event where, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, performance of any duty or obligation
under or pursuant to this Agreement would or may be illegal or would result in the Agent being in breach of any law, rule, regulation, or any decree, order or judgment of any court, or practice, request, direction, notice, announcement or similar
action (whether or not having the force of law) of any relevant government, government agency, regulatory authority, stock exchange or self-regulatory organisation to which the Agent is subject. 

  
 Page 90

	(e)	Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Agent shall not be liable under any circumstances for special, punitive, indirect or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, whether or not foreseeable, or for any loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit, whether arising directly or indirectly and whether or not forseeable, even if the Agent is actually aware
of or has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of whether the claim for such loss or damage is made in negligence, for breach of contract, breach of trust, breach of fiduciary obligation or otherwise. The provisions
of this Clause shall survive the termination or expiry of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Agent. 

  

	26.10	Refrain from Illegality 

 The Agent may refrain
from doing anything which in its opinion will or may be contrary to any relevant law, directive or regulation of any jurisdiction which would or might otherwise render it liable to any person. 

 

	26.11	Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent 

  

	(a)	Each Lender shall, in accordance with paragraph (b) below, indemnify the Agent within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred
by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the relevant Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

  

	(b)	The proportion of such cost, loss or liability to be borne by each Lender shall be in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are
then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero. 

  

	(c)	The Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent shall survive the termination or expiry of this Agreement and the resignation or replacement of the Agent.

  

	26.12	Resignation of the Agent 

  

	(a)	The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company. 

 

	(b)	Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving thirty (30) days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (with
the consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) may appoint a successor Agent. 

  

	(c)	If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within thirty (30) days after notice of resignation was
given, the retiring Agent (with the consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) may appoint a successor Agent. 

  

	(d)	The retiring Agent shall make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for
the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents. 

  
 Page 91

	(e)	The Agent’s resignation notice shall take effect only upon the appointment of a successor, provided that notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the resignation of
the Agent otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 26 shall be effective immediately in the event that the Agent’s continuing appointment would conflict with (and such resignation would be required by) applicable law or the
Agent’s internal policies (including without limitation with respect to “know-your-client” and/or any conflict of interest) that in each case, cannot be resolved to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent. 

 

	(f)	Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to
the benefit of this Clause 26.12. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party. 

 

	(g)	After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event,
the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. 

  

	(h)	The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant
to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either: 

 

	 	(i)	the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 26.14 (FATCA information) and the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or
will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; 

  

	 	(ii)	any information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 26.14 (FATCA information) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA
Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or 

  

	 	(iii)	the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

 and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA
Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign. 
 For the purposes of this Clause 26.12(h): 
 “Code” means the US
Internal Revenue Code of 1986. 
 “FATCA” has the meaning given in Clause 12.1 (Tax definitions).

 “FATCA Application Date” means: 

 

	 	(A)	in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from
sources within the US), 1 January 2014; 

  
 Page 92

	 	(B)	in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of
property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or 

  

	 	(C)	in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

 or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding
required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement. 
 “FATCA Deduction” has
the meaning given in Clause 12.1 (Tax definitions). 
 “FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is
entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction. 
  

	26.13	Replacement of the Agent 

  

	(a)	After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by giving thirty (30) days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired
Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent or by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in Hong Kong). 

 

	(b)	The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents
and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents. 

 

	(c)	The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the
retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 26.13 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from
(and shall be payable on) that date). 

  

	(d)	Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an
original Party. 

  

	26.14	FATCA Information 

  

	(a)	Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Agent shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by the Company or a Lender: 

 

	 	(i)	confirm to that other Party whether it is: 

  

	 	(A)	a FATCA Exempt Party; or 

  

	 	(B)	not a FATCA Exempt Party; and 

  

	 	(ii)	supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru payment
percentage” or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with
FATCA. 

  
 Page 93

	(b)	If the Agent confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has
ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, the Agent shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly. 

  

	(c)	Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige the Agent to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of: 

 

	 	(i)	any law or regulation; 

  

	 	(ii)	any fiduciary duty; or 

  

	 	(iii)	any duty of confidentiality. 

  

	(d)	If the Agent fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a) above (including, for
the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then: 

  

	 	(i)	if the Agent failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then the Agent shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is
not a FATCA Exempt Party; and 

  

	 	(ii)	if the Agent failed to confirm its applicable “passthru payment percentage” then the Agent shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and
payments made thereunder) as if its applicable “passthru payment percentage” is 100%, 

 until (in each
case) such time as the Agent provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information. 
  

	26.15	Confidentiality 

  

	(a)	In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, each of the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency or, as the case may be, trustee division which shall be
treated as a separate legal person from any other of its branches, divisions or departments. 

  

	(b)	If information is received by another branch, division or department of the legal person which is the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that branch, division
or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it. 

  

	(c)	Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent shall not be obliged to disclose to any Finance Party any information supplied to
it by the Company or any Affiliates of the Company on a confidential basis and for the purpose of evaluating whether any waiver or amendment is or may be required or desirable in relation to any Finance Document. 

  
 Page 94

	26.16	Relationship with the Lenders 

  

	(a)	Subject to Clause 28.2 (Distributions by the Agent), the Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and acting through
its Facility Office unless it has received not less than five (5) Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

 

	(b)	Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information that the Agent may reasonably specify as being necessary or desirable to enable the Agent to perform its
functions as Agent. 

  

	(c)	Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that
Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 30.5 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address
and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a
substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a) of Clause 30.5 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled
to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender. 

 

	26.17	Credit appraisal by the Lenders 

 Without
affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to each Administrative Party that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for
making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to: 
  

	(a)	the financial condition, status and nature of each Group Member; 

  

	(b)	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document
entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; 

  

	(c)	whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any
Finance Document, the Transaction Security, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

  

	(d)	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other information provided by the Agent, the Security Agent, any Party or by any other
person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any
Finance Document; and 

  

	(e)	the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the
existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property. 

  
 Page 95

	26.18	Reference Banks 

 If a Reference Bank (or, if a
Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (with the consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or any
bank approved by the Majority Lenders to replace that Reference Bank. 
  

	26.19	Agent’s management time 

 Any amount payable
to the Agent under Clause 15.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) and Clause 26.11 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the reasonable cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or
other resources in respect of any duties which are outside the scope of the normal duties of the Agent under the Finance Documents and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Parent and
the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 11 (Fees). For the avoidance of doubt, any action required to be undertaken by the Agent in respect of or in relation to any Default, change in structure of
the Facility, including acts contemplated in Clauses 16.2 (Amendment costs) and 16.3 (Enforcement costs) shall not be regarded as tasks falling within the scope of the normal duties of the Agent under the Finance Documents. In the
event of any dispute in respect of such cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources, the costs to be paid shall be as reasonabably determined by the Agent. 

 

	26.20	Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent 

 If
any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under
the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted. 

 

	27.	SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES 

 

	27.1	Payments to Finance Parties 

 If a Finance Party
(a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers (whether by set off or otherwise) any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment Mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies
that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then: 
  

	(a)	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent; 

 

	(b)	the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been
received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

  

	(c)	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such
receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 28.6 (Partial payments). 

  
 Page 96

	27.2	Redistribution of payments 

 The Agent shall
treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 28.6
(Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties. 
  

	27.3	Recovering Finance Party’s rights 

  

	(a)	On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 27.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the
relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor. 

 

	(b)	If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under paragraph (a) above, the relevant Obligor shall be liable to the
Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable. 

  

	27.4	Reversal of redistribution 

 If any part of the
Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then: 
  

	(a)	each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part
of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the
“Redistributed Amount”); and 

  

	(b)	as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by
that Obligor. 

  

	27.5	Exceptions 

  

	(a)	This Clause 27 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable
claim against the relevant Obligor. 

  

	(b)	A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of
taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if: 

  

	 	(i)	it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and 

 

	 	(ii)	that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received
notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings. 

  
 Page 97

	28.	PAYMENT MECHANICS 

  

	28.1	Payments to the Agent 

  

	(a)	On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent
(unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of
payment. 

  

	(b)	Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies. 

 

	28.2	Distributions by the Agent 

  

	(a)	Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 28.3 (Distributions to an Obligor), Clause 28.4
(Clawback), Clause 28.6 (Partial payments) and Clause 26.28 (Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance
with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office): 

  

	 	(i)	with respect to the Borrower and the Original Lenders, to such account as specified in Schedule 14 (Account details) (or such other account as that Party may
notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency); or 

  

	 	(ii)	with respect to any other Party, to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal
financial centre of the country of that currency. 

  

	(b)	The Agent shall distribute payments received by it in relation to all or any part of a Loan to the Lender indicated in the records of the Agent as being so entitled on
that date PROVIDED THAT the Agent is authorised to distribute payments to be made on the date on which any transfer becomes effective pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) to the Lender so
entitled immediately before such transfer took place regardless of the period to which such sums relate. 

  

	28.3	Distributions to an Obligor 

 The Agent may (with
the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 29 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance
Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied. 

  
 Page 98

	28.4	Clawback 

  

	(a)	Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or
perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum. 

  

	(b)	If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or
the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect
its cost of funds. 

  

	28.5	Impaired Agent 

  

	(a)	If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance
with Clause 28.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either: 

  

	 	(i)	pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or 

  

	 	(ii)	if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant
part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment (the “Paying
Party”) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the “Recipient Party” or “Recipient Parties”).

 In each case such payments must be made on the due for payment under the Finance Documents. 

 

	(b)	All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata
to their respective entitlements. 

  

	(c)	A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 28.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not
take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account. 

  

	(d)	Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 26.13 (Replacement of the Agent), each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent
that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to paragraph (e) below) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for
distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 28.2 (Distributions by the Agent). 

  

	(e)	A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent: 

 

	 	(i)	that it has not given an instruction pursuant to paragraph (d) above; and 

 

	 	(ii)	that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party, 

  
 Page 99

 give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer
the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party. 
  

	28.6	Partial payments 

  

	(a)	If any Finance Party receives or recovers an amount from or in respect of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document which amount is insufficient to,
or is not applied to, discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, then (subject, in the case of any receipt or recovery under any Security Document, to the provisions of such Security Document) the Agent
shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order: 

  

	 	(i)	first, in or towards payment pro rata of any costs, charges, losses, liabilities and expenses incurred by the Security Agent and any receiver(s) in
connection with the exercise or enforcement of the Transaction Security in respect of the Debt Service Reserve Account and the rights or remedies under the Account Charge; 

 

	 	(ii)	secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent under the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(iii)	thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee (other than as provided in (ii) above) or commission due but unpaid under the
Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(iv)	fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and 

 

	 	(v)	fifthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents. 

 

	(b)	The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(iii) to (v) above. 

 

	(c)	Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor. 

 

	28.7	No set-off by Obligors 

 All payments to be made
by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim. 
  

	28.8	Business Days 

  

	(a)	Any payment which is due to be made on a day (other than a Final Repayment Date) that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar
month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). If a Final Repayment Date is not a Business Day, any payment which is due to be made on that Final Repayment Date shall be made on the preceding Business Day.

  

	(b)	During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under paragraph (a) above, interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at
the rate payable on the original due date. 

  
 Page 100

	28.9	Currency of account 

  

	(a)	Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, US Dollar is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

  

	(b)	A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

  

	(c)	Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

  

	(d)	Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred. 

 

	(e)	Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than US Dollar shall be paid in that other currency. 

 

	28.10	Change of currency 

  

	(a)	Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency
of that country, then: 

  

	 	(i)	any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid
in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company); and 

  

	 	(ii)	any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that
currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company). 

  

	(b)	If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to
be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency. 

 

	29.	SET-OFF 

While an Event of Default is continuing, a Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent
beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies,
the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off. That Finance Party shall promptly notify that Obligor of any such set-off or conversion. 

  
 Page 101

	30.	NOTICES 

  

	30.1	Communications in writing 

 Any communication to
be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter. 
  

	30.2	Addresses 

 The address and fax number (and the
department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is: 

 

	(a)	in the case of the Company and each other Original Obligor, that identified with its name below; 

 

	(b)	in the case of each Lender or any Additional Guarantor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

  

	(c)	in the case of the Agent or the Security Agent, that identified with its name below, 

 or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five
Business Days’ notice. 
  

	30.3	Delivery 

  

	(a)	Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will be effective: 

 

	 	(i)	if by way of fax, only when received in legible form; or 

  

	 	(ii)	if by way of letter, only when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed
to it at that address; 

 and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details
provided under Clause 30.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer. 
  

	(b)	Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or the Security
Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s or the Security Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or the Security Agent
shall specify for this purpose). 

  

	(c)	All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent. 

  

	(d)	Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

  

	(e)	Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed
only to become effective on the following day. 

  
 Page 102

	30.4	Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent 

 If
the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require
communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been
appointed. 
  

	30.5	Electronic communication 

  

	(a)	Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means to the
extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two Parties: 

 

	 	(i)	notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

  

	 	(ii)	notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

  

	(b)	Any electronic communication made between those two Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic
communication made by a Party to the Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose. 

 

	(c)	Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to
become effective on the following day. 

  

	30.6	English language 

  

	(a)	Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English. 

 

	(b)	All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: 

 

	 	(i)	in English; or 

  

	 	(ii)	if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the
document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. 

  

	(c)	Nothing in this Clause 30.6 shall require an audit report relating to an Onshore Group Member to be in English or to be translated into English.

  
 Page 103

	31.	CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES 

 

	31.1	Accounts 

 In any litigation or arbitration
proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate. 

 

	31.2	Certificates and determinations 

 Any
certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document shall set out the basis of calculation in reasonable detail and is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it
relates. 
  

	31.3	Day count convention 

 Any interest, commission
or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in
accordance with that market practice. 
  

	32.	PARTIAL INVALIDITY 

 If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability
of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. 

 

	33.	REMEDIES AND WAIVERS 

 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute
an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent
any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 

 

	34.	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 

 

	34.1	Required consents 

  

	(a)	Subject to Clause 34.2 (Exceptions) and Clause 34.3 (Extension of Commitments), any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the
consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors’ Agent (in accordance with Clause 2.4 (Obligors’ Agent) and paragraph (c) below) and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties. 

 

	(b)	The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 34. 

 

	(c)	Without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Obligor agrees to any such amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 34 which is agreed to by the
Obligors’ Agent. This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this paragraph (c) require the consent of all of the Obligors. 

  
 Page 104

	34.2	Exceptions 

  

	(a)	Subject to Clause 34.3 (Extension of Commitments), an amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to: 

 

	 	(i)	the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions); 

 

	 	(ii)	an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(iii)	a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable; 

 

	 	(iv)	an increase in the amount of any Commitment or an extension of the period of availability for utilisation of any Commitment or any requirement that a cancellation of
Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the relevant Facility; 

  

	 	(v)	a change to the Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors); 

 

	 	(vi)	any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; 

  

	 	(vii)	Clause 2.3 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) or this Clause 34.2; or 

 

	 	(viii)	(other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of: 

 

	 	(A)	the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity); 

 

	 	(B)	the Charged Property; or 

  

	 	(C)	the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed, 

(except in the case of subparagraphs (A) and (B) above, insofar as it is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other
Finance Document), 
 shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders. 

 

	(b)	An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of any Administrative Party may not be effected without the consent of such Administrative Party.

  
 Page 105

	34.3	Extension of Commitments 

  

	(a)	Subject to Clause 34.4, the Company and any Lender may agree that: 

  

	 	(i)	in relation to that Lender’s participation in any Revolving Facility Loan(s), the Availability Period and Final Repayment Date applicable to such participation be
extended; 

  

	 	(ii)	in relation to that Lender’s participation in any Term Facility Loan(s), the Final Repayment Date and (if applicable) any Facility C Repayment Date applicable to
such participation be extended; and 

  

	 	(iii)	if any extension as referred to in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) applies, the Margin applicable to the relevant participation should be adjusted.

  

	(b)	Following any agreement as referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Company and the relevant Lender(s) may notify the Agent, giving details of the applicable
agreement (the “Extension Agreement”). 

  

	(c)	Promptly following notification in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the Agent shall, at the cost of the Company, agree with the Company on behalf of the
Finance Parties such amendments to the Finance Documents as may be necessary or appropriate to give effect to the Extension Agreement (which may for the avoidance of doubt include designating the affected participations as loans under a new
facility). 

  

	(d)	The Agent shall promptly provide to each of the Finance Parties copies of any amendment agreement entered into pursuant to paragraph (c) above.

  

	34.4	Requirement to offer extension of Commitments to all Lenders 

  

	(a)	The Agent will only be authorised to enter into an amendment agreement under Clause 34.3(c) if prior to entering into such amendment agreement it is satisfied (acting
reasonably) that: 

  

	 	(i)	each Lender under the relevant Facility in respect of which an extension is proposed shall have been offered the opportunity to participate in such extension in an
amount up to that Lender’s Pro Rata Share; and 

  

	 	(ii)	each such Lender shall have been given a period of at least 10 Business Days following receipt of the proposed terms of the extension referred to in Clause 34.3(a), to
determine (A) whether or not to participate; and (B) if it wishes to participate, the amount of its Commitment under the relevant Facility (up to its Pro Rata Share) that it is willing to extend on the proposed terms.

  

	(b)	For the purposes of paragraph (a) above, “Pro Rata Share” means in relation to a Lender whose Commitments in a Facility are being extended, the
percentage of the aggregate amount of the relevant Extended Loans that that Lender’s Commitment in the relevant Facility bears to the Total Facility A Commitments, Total Facility C Commitments or Total Revolving Facility Commitments (as
applicable). 

  

	(c)	For the avoidance of doubt, prior to the date on which the Company and the relevant Lender(s) execute an Extension Agreement, the Company shall have no obligation to
proceed with any proposed extension. 

  
 Page 106

	34.5	Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders 

  

	(a)	For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining: 

 

	 	(i)	the Majority Lenders; or 

  

	 	(ii)	whether: 

  

	 	(A)	any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies; or 

 

	 	(B)	the agreement of any specified group of Lenders, 

 has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, 
 that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies and, to the extent that that reduction
results in that Defaulting Lender’s Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above. 

 

	(b)	For the purposes of this Clause 34.4, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders: 

 

	 	(i)	any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; 

 

	 	(ii)	any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of
“Defaulting Lender” has occurred, 

 unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender
concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender. 

 

	34.6	Excluded Commitments 

 If: 

 

	(a)	any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders
under the terms of this Agreement within fifteen Business Days of that request being notified to the Lenders (or, if later, within 15 Business Days of the date on which the Lenders have received such information as the Agent determines is reasonably
required to allow the Lenders to respond to the relevant request in an informed manner); or 

  

	(b)	any Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender fails to respond to such a request for such a vote within fifteen Business Days of that request being made,

 (unless, in either case, the Company and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request): 

 

	 	(i)	its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies when ascertaining whether any relevant
percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and 

  

	 	(ii)	its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that
request. 

  
 Page 107

	34.7	Replacement of Lender 

  

	(a)	If: 

  

	 	(i)	any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (d) below); or 

 

	 	(ii)	an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 13 (Increased
Costs), Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) to any Lender; or 

  

	 	(iii)	any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, 

 then the Company may, on fifteen (15) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such
Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution or other entity (a “Replacement
Lender”) selected by the Company, which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at
the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.11
(Pro-rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents. 
  

	(b)	The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 34.7 shall be subject to the following conditions: 

 

	 	(i)	the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Agent; 

  

	 	(ii)	neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender; 

 

	 	(iii)	in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 30 Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a
Non-Consenting Lender; 

  

	 	(iv)	in no event shall the Lender replaced under Clause 34.4 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to
the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(v)	the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all
necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer. 

  
 Page 108

	(c)	A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph
(a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks. 

  

	(d)	In the event that: 

  

	 	(i)	the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any
provisions of the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(ii)	the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and 

 

	 	(iii)	Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than eighty per cent. (80%) of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated
more than eighty per cent. (80%) of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment, 

 then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting Lender”. 

 

	34.8	Amendments relating to Group Reorganisation 

  

	(a)	The Finance Parties acknowledge that a re-organisation of the Group (a “Proposed Reorganisation”) may be required in connection with any future listing
on a Recognised Stock Exchange in respect of the business of the Group. Such re-organisation may (without limitation) involve interposing a new intermediate holding company between the Company and its direct Subsidiaries (an “Intermediate
Holdco”) or a new holding company between the Company and its shareholders. 

  

	(b)	If any such re-organisation is proposed, the Company may notify the Agent, giving details thereof and details of any proposed amendments to the terms of the Finance
Documents in connection therewith (the “Proposed Amendments”). The Agent shall promptly notify the Finance Parties of all details so received. 

 

	(c)	The Company shall for a period of 30 Business Days from any date of notification pursuant to paragraph (b) above respond to all reasonable requests for information
from the Agent in relation to the Proposed Reorganisation and the Proposed Amendments and the Company shall during such period consult in good faith with the Agent and consider in good faith any modifications and conditions relating to the Proposed
Amendments that may be requested by the Agent or its advisers. 

  
 Page 109

	(d)	At the end of the 30 Business Day period referred to in paragraph (c) above, the Agent (acting on the instruction of the Majority Lenders) will, on behalf of the
Finance Parties, enter into such amendments as the Company may reasonably require in connection with the Proposed Amendments (which for the avoidance of doubt may include the novation of the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder to an
Intermediate Holdco and/or the accession of an Intermediate Holdco as an Additional Guarantor), provided that the Agent will not be required to enter into such amendments if: 

 

	 	(i)	the Company is unwilling to procure such legal opinions or to meet such other conditions (not to include payment of fees) as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in
connection with such amendments; or 

  

	 	(ii)	the Agent considers in good faith that such amendments are adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties in a material respect. 

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, any costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with the matters referred to in this Clause 34.8 (including
legal fees of law firms approved by the Company) will be recoverable by the Agent in accordance with Clause 16.2 (Amendment costs). 
  

	35.	COUNTERPARTS 

 Each Finance
Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document. 

 

	36.	GOVERNING LAW 

 This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. 
  

	37.	ENFORCEMENT 

  

	37.1	Jurisdiction of English courts 

  

	(a)	The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including any dispute relating to any
non-contractual obligation arising from or in connection with this Agreement and any dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a “Dispute”). 

 

	(b)	The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

  

	(c)	This Clause 37.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any
other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions. 

  

	37.2	Service of process 

 Without prejudice to any
other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales): 
  

	(a)	irrevocably appoints Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection
with any Finance Document; and 

  

	(b)	agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned. 

  
 Page 110

 Each Obligor expressly agrees and consents to the provisions of this Clause 37.2. 

 

	37.3	Waiver of immunities 

 Each Obligor irrevocably
waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from: 

 

	(a)	suit; 

  

	(b)	jurisdiction of any court; 

  

	(c)	relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or recovery of property; 

 

	(d)	attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment); and 

  

	(e)	execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction (and
irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any immunity in any such proceedings). 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement. 

  
 Page 111

 SCHEDULE 1 
 THE ORIGINAL PARTIES 
 Part A 

The Original Guarantors 
  

					
	Name of Original Guarantor	  	Registration Number
(or equivalent, if any)	  	Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
			
	 Alibaba Group Treasury Limited
	  	1464771	  	British Virgin Islands
			
	 Taobao Holding Limited
	  	126540	  	Cayman Islands
			
	 Taobao China Holding Limited
	  	842504	  	Hong Kong
			
	 Alibaba.com Limited
	  	174355	  	Cayman Islands
			
	 Alibaba.com China Limited
	  	1078630	  	Hong Kong
			
	 Alibaba.com Investment Holding Limited
	  	1052383	  	British Virgin Islands

  
 Page 112

 Part B 
 The Original Lenders 
  

													
	Name of Original Lender	  	 Facility A
 Commitment
	 	  	 Facility C
 Commitment
	 	  	 Revolving Facility
 Commitment
	 
				
	 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
	  	US$	277,777,777.78	  	  	US$	444,444,444.44	  	  	US$	166,666,666.67	  
				
	 Citibank N.A., Hong Kong Branch
	  	US$	277,777,777.78	  	  	US$	444,444,444.44	  	  	US$	166,666,666.67	  
				
	 Credit Suisse AG, Singapore Branch
	  	US$	277,777,777.78	  	  	US$	444,444,444.44	  	  	US$	166,666,666.67	  
				
	 DBS Bank Ltd.
	  	US$	277,777,777.78	  	  	US$	444,444,444.44	  	  	US$	166,666,666.67	  
				
	 Deutsche Bank AG, Singapore Branch
	  	US$	277,777,777.78	  	  	US$	444,444,444.44	  	  	US$	166,666,666.67	  
				
	 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
	  	US$	277,777,777.78	  	  	US$	444,444,444.44	  	  	US$	166,666,666.67	  
				
	 JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., acting through its Hong Kong Branch
	  	US$	277,777,777.78	  	  	US$	444,444,444.44	  	  	US$	166,666,666.67	  
				
	 Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., Hong Kong Branch
	  	US$	277,777,777.78	  	  	US$	444,444,444.44	  	  	US$	166,666,666.67	  
				
	 Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
	  	US$	101,566,666.67	  	  	US$	101,566,666.67	  	  	US$	46,866,666.66	  
				
	 Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.
	  	US$	176,211,111.09	  	  	US$	342,877,777.81	  	  	US$	119,799,999.98	  

  
 Page 113

 SCHEDULE 2 
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 
 Part A 

Conditions Precedent to be satisfied on the date of initial Utilisation Request 

 

	1.	Original Obligors 

  

	(a)	A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor (comprising, in the case of each Original Obligor incorporated in the British Virgin Islands or the
Cayman Islands, its currently effective memorandum and articles of association, certificate of incorporation (and certificate(s) of incorporation on change of name, if any), register of directors, register of mortgages and charges and, other than in
the case of the Company, its register of members). 

  

	(b)	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor: 

 

	 	(i)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which
it is a party; 

  

	 	(ii)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; 

 

	 	(iii)	if applicable, authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation
Request and Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and 

  

	 	(iv)	in the case of each Original Guarantor, resolving that it is in the best interests of that Original Guarantor to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Finance
Documents to which it is a party. 

  

	(c)	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above. 

 

	(d)	A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Original Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the
Finance Documents to which that Original Guarantor is a party. 

  

	(e)	A certificate from the Company (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing,
guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it or any Original Obligor to be exceeded. 

  

	(f)	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company certifying that each copy document specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force
and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement. 

  

	(g)	A copy of a certificate of good standing in respect of each Original Obligor incorporated in the British Virgin Islands or the Cayman Islands. 

 

	(h)	A copy of a certificate of incumbency (or registered agent’s certificate) from the registered agent of each Original Obligor incorporated in the British Virgin
Islands and from the registered officer provider of each Original Obligor incorporated in the Cayman Islands. 

  
 Page 114

	2.	Original Intra-Group Lenders 

  

	(a)	A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Intra-Group Lender (comprising, in the case of each Original Intra-Group Lender incorporated in the PRC, its
most recent articles of association and any subsequent amendments thereto, its latest business license issued by SAIC, and its most recent certificate of approval issued by the relevant PRC authorities). 

 

	(b)	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Intra-Group Lender: 

 

	 	(i)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Intercreditor Agreement and resolving that it execute the Intercreditor Agreement;

  

	 	(ii)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Intercreditor Agreement; and 

 

	 	(iii)	if applicable, authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or
in connection with the Intercreditor Agreement. 

  

	(c)	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above. 

 

	3.	Finance Documents 

 Originals of the following
(in each case duly executed and delivered by all parties thereto): 
  

	(a)	this Agreement; 

  

	(b)	the Intercreditor Agreement; and 

  

	(c)	each Fee Letter. 

  

	4.	Other documents and evidence 

  

	(a)	A copy of each 2012 Report (capable of being disclosed to but not relied on by the Lenders). 

 

	(b)	A copy of the information comprising the Information Package in the form provided to the Mandated Lead Arrangers prior to the signing of this Agreement.

  

	(c)	Evidence that the process agent referred to in Clause 37.2 (Service of process) has accepted its appointment. 

 

	(d)	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Company
accordingly prior to signing this Agreement) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. 

  
 Page 115

	(e)	The Original Financial Statements. 

  

	(f)	A copy of the Group Structure Chart. 

  
 Page 116

 Part B 
 Conditions Precedent to be satisfied on the Initial Utilisation Date 
  

	1.	Finance Documents 

 Originals of the following
(in each case duly executed and delivered by all parties thereto): 
  

	(a)	the Account Charge; and 

  

	(b)	the Composite Share Charge. 

  

	2.	Legal opinions 

  

	(a)	Legal opinions in relation to English law from White & Case addressed to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Agent and the Original Lenders, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Agent and the Original Lenders (acting reasonably). 

  

	(b)	Legal opinions as to Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands law from Maples and Calder addressed to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Agent and the Original Lenders,
in form and substance satisfactory to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Agent and the Original Lenders (acting reasonably). 

  

	(c)	A legal opinion as to Hong Kong law from Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer addressed to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Agent and the Original Lenders, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Agent and the Original Lenders (acting reasonably). 

  

	(d)	A legal opinion as to Hong Kong law from White & Case addressed to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Agent and the Original Lenders, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Agent and the Original Lenders (acting reasonably). 

  

	(e)	A legal opinion as to PRC law from King & Wood addressed to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Agent and the Original Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory
to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Agent and the Original Lenders (acting reasonably). 

  

	3.	Other documents and evidence 

  

	(a)	A copy of each IPR License Agreement in the agreed form and duly executed and delivered by all parties thereto. 

 

	(b)	Evidence that, immediately following the Initial Utilisation Date, the 2012 Facilities will be repaid in full and all Security created in connection to the 2012
Facilities will be released. 

  

	(c)	Evidence that any fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or
will be paid by the Initial Utilisation Date. 

  
 Page 117

 Part C 
 Conditions Precedent Required to be Delivered by an Additional Guarantor 
 1. An Accession
Letter duly executed by the Additional Guarantor and the Company. 
 2. A Debtor Accession Deed duly executed by the Additional Guarantor.

 3. A Composite Share Charge Deed of Accession duly executed by the Holding Company of the Additional Guarantor. 

4. A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Guarantor and the Holding Company of the Additional Guarantor. 

5. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Guarantor: 

 

	(a)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter, the Debtor Accession Deed and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party and
resolving that it execute the Accession Letter and the Debtor Accession Deed; 

  

	(b)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter and the Debtor Accession Deed on its behalf; and 

 

	(c)	resolving that it is in the best interests to enter into the transactions contemplated by , the Accession Letter, the Debtor Accession Deed and the other Finance
Documents to which it is a party. 

 6. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Holding Company of the Additional
Guarantor: 
  

	(a)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Composite Share Charge Deed of Accession and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party and
resolving that it execute the Composite Share Charge Deed of Accession; 

  

	(b)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Composite Share Charge Deed of Accession on its behalf; and 

 

	(c)	resolving that it is in the best interests to enter into the transactions contemplated by , the Composite Share Charge Deed of Accession and the other Finance Documents
to which it is a party. 

 7. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraphs 5
and 6 above. 
 8. A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of,
and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party. 
 9. A certificate of the Additional
Guarantor (signed by a director) confirming that guaranteeing the Total Commitments would not cause any guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded. 

  
 Page 118

 10. A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Guarantor certifying that each copy document
listed in this Part C of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter. 
 11. A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Holding Company of the Additional Guarantor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part C of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full
force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Composite Share Charge Deed of Accession. 
 12. A copy of any other Authorisation
or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent (acting reasonably) considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter, the Debtor Accession Deed,
the Composite Share Charge Deed of Accession or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. 
 13. The latest audited financial
statements (if any) of the Additional Guarantor. 
 14. A legal opinion in relation to English law from an appropriately qualified international
law firm addressed to the Agent and the Lenders. 
 15. A legal opinion as to the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Additional
Guarantor from an appropriately qualified international law firm. 
 16. A legal opinion as to the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of
the Holding Company of the Additional Guarantor from an appropriately qualified international law firm. 
 17. If the proposed Additional
Guarantor or the Holding Company of the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in Clause 37.2 (Service of process) has accepted its appointment in
relation to the proposed Additional Guarantor and/or the Holding Company of the Additional Guarantor (as the case may be). 

  
 Page 119

 SCHEDULE 3 
 REQUESTS 
 Part A 

Utilisation Request 
  

			
	From:	  	Alibaba Group Holding Limited
		
	To:	  	[Agent]
		
	Dated:	  	

 Dear Sirs 
 Alibaba Group Holding Limited – US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

dated [                    ] (the
“Facilities Agreement”) 
 1. We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Facilities
Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request. 
 2. We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms: 

 

			
	Proposed Utilisation Date:	  	[            ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
		
	Facility to be utilised:	  	[Facility A]/[Facility C]/[Revolving Facility]*
		
	Currency of Loan:	  	US Dollars
		
	Amount:	  	[    ] or, if less, the Available Facility
		
	[First] Interest Period:	  	[            ]

 3. We confirm that each applicable condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied
on the date of this Utilisation Request. 
 4. [This Loan is to be made in [whole]/[part] for the purpose of refinancing [identify maturing
Revolving Facility Loan]/[The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account].] 
 5. This Utilisation Request is irrevocable. 

 

	
	Yours faithfully
	
	  

	 authorised signatory for

	Alibaba Group Holding Limited

  

	*	Delete as appropriate. 

  
 Page 120

 Part B 
 Selection Notice 
 Applicable to a Term Facility Loan 

 

			
	From:	  	Alibaba Group Holding Limited
		
	To:	  	[Agent]
		
	Dated:	  	

 Dear Sirs 
 Alibaba Group Holding Limited – US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

dated [                    ] (the
“Facilities Agreement”) 
 1. We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Facilities
Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Selection Notice. 
 2. We refer to the following Facility [A]/[C] Loan[s] in US Dollars with an
Interest Period ending on [                    ]* 
 3. [We request that the above Facility [A]/[C] Loan[s] be divided into [            ] Facility [A]/[C] Loans with the following amounts and
Interest Periods:]** 
 or 

[We request that the next Interest Period for the above Facility [A]/[C] Loan[s] is [        ]].*** 

4. This Selection Notice is irrevocable. 
  

	
	Yours faithfully
	
	  

	authorised signatory for
	Alibaba Group Holding Limited

  

	*	Insert details of all Facility A/C Loans in the same currency which have an Interest Period ending on the same date. 

	**	Use this option if division of Loans is requested. 

	***	Use this option if sub-division is not required. 

  
 Page 121

 SCHEDULE 4 
 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 
  

			
	To:	  	[            ] as Agent
		
	From:	  	[The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)
		
	Dated:	  	

 Alibaba Group Holding Limited – US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

dated [                    ] (the
“Facilities Agreement”) 
 1. We refer to Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Facilities Agreement. This is a
Transfer Certificate. Terms used in the Facilities Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate. 
 2. The Existing Lender
and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation, and in accordance with Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer), all of the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations under the Facilities Agreement
and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Facilities Agreement as specified in the Schedule. 

3. The proposed Transfer Date is
[                    ]. 
 4. The Facility
Office and address, fax number and attention particulars for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule. 
 5. The New Lender expressly acknowledges: 
  

	(a)	the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraphs (a) and (c) of Clause 23.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing
Lenders); and 

  

	(b)	that it is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any document is required or any formality or other condition requires to be satisfied to effect or
perfect the transfer contemplated by this Transfer Certificate or otherwise to enable the New Lender to enjoy the full benefit of each Finance Document. 

 6. The New Lender confirms that it is a “New Lender” within the meaning of Clause 23.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders). 

7. The New Lender confirms that it is not an Industrial Competitor. 
 8. This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 9. This Transfer Certificate [and all non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with this Transfer Certificate] [is/are]
governed by English law. 
 10. This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer
Certificate. 

  
 Page 122

 THE SCHEDULE 
 Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred, and other particulars 

Commitment/participation(s) transferred 
  

									
	 Drawn Loan(s) participation(s) amount(s):
	  	[            ]	  		  	
					
	 Available Commitment amount:
	  		  		  	[            ]	  	
					
	Administration particulars:	  		  		  		  	
					
	 New Lender’s receiving account:
	  		  		  	[            ]	  	
					
	 Address:
	  	[            ]	  		  		  	
					
	 Telephone:
	  	[            ]	  		  		  	
					
	 Facsimile:
	  	[            ]	  		  		  	
					
	 Attn/Ref:
	  	[            ]	  		  		  	

  

					
	[the Existing Lender]	 		 	[the New Lender]
			
	By:	 		 	By:

 This Transfer Certificate is executed by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as
[                    ]. 
 [the Agent]

 By: 
 Note: It is the New
Lender’s responsibility to ascertain whether any other document is required, or any formality or other condition is required to be satisfied, to effect or perfect the transfer contemplated in this Transfer Certificate or to give the New Lender
full enjoyment of all the Finance Documents. 

  
 Page 123

 SCHEDULE 5 
 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 
  

			
	To:	  	[            ] as Agent
		
	From:	  	Alibaba Group Holding Limited
		
	Dated:	  	

 Dear Sirs 
 Alibaba Group Holding Limited – US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

dated [                    ] (the
“Facilities Agreement”) 
 1. We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms used in the Facilities
Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Compliance Certificate. 
 2. We confirm that: 

3. [Insert details of covenants to be certified including calculations] 
 4. We confirm that since the Offshore Group Leverage in respect of the most recently completed Relevant Period is [—] (details of its calculation as set
out above), the applicable Margin for each Facility is as follows: 
 Facility A: [—]

 Facility C: [—] 
 Revolving Facility: [—] 
 5. [We confirm that
no Default is continuing.]* 
 6. The officer of the Company named below hereby confirms that the financial statements of the Company attached
hereto (if any) fairly represent the financial condition of the Company as at the date at which those financial statements are drawn up. 
 7.
[We confirm that as at [insert date], the following entities are the Offshore Material Subsidiaries: 
 [Insert list of Offshore Material
Subsidiaries]. 
  

			
	Signed:	 	  

		 	[Director/Chief Financial Officer]
		 	of
		 	Alibaba Group Holding Limited
		
	Signed:	 	  

		 	[Insert name of auditors]**

  

	*	If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

	**	Only applicable if the Compliance Certificate accompanies the audited financial statements and is to be signed by the auditors. 

  
 Page 124

 [[insert applicable certification language] 

 

	
	  

	 for and on behalf of

	 [name of auditors of the Company]]***

  

	***	Only applicable if the Compliance Certificate accompanies the audited financial statements and is to be signed by the auditors. To be agreed with the Company’s
auditors prior to signing the Agreement. 

  
 Page 125

 SCHEDULE 6 
 FORM OF ACCESSION LETTER 
  

			
	To:	  	[            ] as Agent
		
	From:	  	[Subsidiary] and Alibaba Group Holding Limited
		
	Dated:	  	

 Dear Sirs 
 Alibaba Group Holding Limited – US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

dated [                    ] (the
“Facilities Agreement”) 
 1. We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Facilities
Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Letter unless given a different meaning in this Accession Letter. 
 2. [Subsidiary]
agrees to become an Additional Guarantor and to be bound by the terms of the Facilities Agreement as an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 24.2 (Additional Guarantors) of the Facilities Agreement. [Subsidiary] is a company duly
incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction]. 
 3. [Subsidiary’s] administrative details are as follows:

  

	
	Address:
	
	Fax No:
	
	Attention:

 4. This Accession Letter, and all non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with this Accession Letter,
are governed by English law. 
 This Accession Letter is entered into by deed. 

 

					
	Alibaba Group Holding Limited	 		 	[Subsidiary]

  
 Page 126

 SCHEDULE 7 
 FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER 
  

			
	To:	  	[            ] as Agent
		
	From:	  	[resigning Guarantor] and Alibaba Group Holding Limited
		
	Dated:	  	

 Dear Sirs 
 Alibaba Group Holding Limited – US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

dated [                    ] (the
“Facilities Agreement”) 
 1. We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Facilities
Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter. 
 2. Pursuant to Clause
24.4 (Resignation of a Guarantor) of the Facilities Agreement, we request that [resigning Guarantor] be released from its obligations as a Guarantor under the Facilities Agreement. 
 3. We confirm that: 
  

	(a)	no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and 

 

	(b)	[                    ]* 

4. This Resignation Letter[, and all non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with this Resignation Letter,] [is/are] governed by
English law. 
  

					
	Alibaba Group Holding Limited	 		 	[Subsidiary]
			
	By:	 		 	By:

  

	*	Insert any other conditions required by the Facilities Agreement. 

  
 Page 127

 SCHEDULE 8 
 ACCEPTABLE BANKS 
  

	1.	Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 

  

	2.	Citibank, N.A. 

  

	3.	Credit Suisse AG 

  

	4.	DBS Bank Ltd. 

  

	5.	Deutsche Bank AG 

  

	6.	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited 

  

	7.	JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. 

  

	8.	Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd. 

  

	9.	Morgan Stanley Asia Limited 

  

	10.	DBS Bank (Hong Kong) Limited 

  

	11.	Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited 

  

	12.	ING Bank 

  

	13.	China Merchants Bank 

  

	14.	China Construction Bank Corporation 

  

	15.	China Development Bank 

  

	16.	China Minsheng Banking Corp. Ltd 

  

	17.	Wing Lung Bank 

  

	18.	China CITIC Bank 

  
 Page 128

 SCHEDULE 9 
 INFORMATION PACKAGE 
  

	1.	Company Information 

  

	1.1	Company overview 

  

	1.2	Organisational Chart: abbreviated AGH group structure chart as at 31 March 2013 

 

	1.3	Capitalization table as at 31 March 2013 

  

	2.	Financial Information 

  

	2.1	Audited financial statements 

  

	2.1.1	Group audited financial statements in respect of 2011 and 2012 

  

	2.1.2	T50 audited accounts 2011 and 2012 

  

	2.1.3	B50 audited accounts 2011 and 2012 

  

	2.1.4	T62 audited accounts 2011 and 2012 

  

	2.2	Group management accounts (Q1 2013) 

  

	2.3	Group budget for fiscal year 2013/2014 

  

	2.4	Group forecast for fiscal years 2014/2015 and 2015/2016 

  

	3.	Legal Information (Charter Documents) 

  

	3.1.	Alibaba Group Holding Limited constitutional documents (including preference share terms) 

 

	3.2	Certificate of Incorporation (Alibaba.com Corporation) [1999.06.28] 

  

	3.3	Certificate of Incorporation on change of name (Alibaba Group Holding Limited) [2007.12.06] 

 

	3.4	Register of Directors (Alibaba Group Holding Limited) 

  

	3.5	Certificate of Incumbency (Alibaba Group Holding Limited) 

  
 Page 129

 SCHEDULE 10 
 MATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES 
  

	1.	Alibaba Group Treasury Limited [A15] 

  

	2.	阿里巴巴(中国)网络技术有限公司 [B50] 

 

	3.	Alibaba.com Limited [B56] 

  

	4.	Alibaba.com Investment Holding Limited [B57] 

  

	5.	Alibaba.com China Limited [B58] 

  

	6.	淘宝(中国)软件有限公司 [T50] 

 

	7.	浙江天猫技术有限公司 [T62] 

 

	8.	Taobao Holding Limited [T01] 

  

	9.	Taobao China Holding Limited [T02] 

  
 Page 130

 SCHEDULE 11 
 VIES 
 Part A 

VIES 
  

					
	Name of VIE	  	Registered number
(or equivalent, if any)	  	Jurisdiction of
incorporation
			
	 浙江天猫网络有限公司 (Zhejiang Tmall Network Co., Ltd.)
[T63]
	  	330184000161683	  	PRC
			
	 浙江淘宝网络有限公司 (Zhejiang Taobao Network Co.,
Ltd.) [T51]
	  	330108000005346	  	PRC
			
	 杭州阿里巴巴广告有限公司 (Hangzhou Alibaba
Advertising Co., Ltd.) [B51]
	  	330108000000965	  	PRC

 Part B 
 VIE DOCUMENTS 
  

	1.	In relation to 浙江天猫网络有限公司 (Zhejiang Tmall Network Co., Ltd.) [T63] (formerly
known as 浙江淘宝商城网络有限公司 (Zhejiang Taobao Mall Technology Co., Ltd.)): 

 

	 	(a)	a loan agreement (借款协议) dated 30 March 2011 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as borrowers, and Zhejiang Tmall Technology Co.,
Ltd. (formerly known as Zhejiang Taobao Mall Technology Co., Ltd.) as lender; 

  

	 	(b)	a call option agreement (独家购买权协议) dated 30 March 2011 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as current
shareholders, Zhejiang Tmall Technology Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Tmall Network Co., Ltd.; 

  

	 	(c)	a proxy agreement (股东表决权委托协议) dated 30 March 2011 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as
current shareholders, Zhejiang Tmall Technology Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Tmall Network Co., Ltd.; 

  

	 	(d)	an equity pledge agreement (股权质押协议) dated 30 March 2011 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as pledgors, Zhejiang
Tmall Technology Co., Ltd. as pledgee and Zhejiang Tmall Network Co., Ltd. as onshore company; 

  
 Page 131

	 	(e)	a business cooperation agreement (业务合作协议) dated 30 March 2011 and made between Zhejiang Tmall Technology Co., Ltd. and
Zhejiang Tmall Network Co., Ltd.; 

  

	 	(f)	an exclusive technical services agreement (独家技术服务协议) dated 30 March 2011 and made between Zhejiang Tmall
Network Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Tmall Technology Co., Ltd.; and 

  

	 	(g)	a services agreement (服务协议) dated 16 December 2011 and made between Zhejiang Tmall Technology Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Tmall Network Co.,
Ltd. 

  

	2.	In relation to 浙江淘宝网络有限公司 (Zhejiang Taobao Network Co., Ltd.) [T51]:

  

	 	(a)	a loan agreement (借款协议) dated 21 January 2009 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as borrowers, and Taobao (China) Software Co.,
Ltd. as lender and its supplementary agreement (借款协议补充协议) dated 11 October 2010; 

  

	 	(b)	a call option agreement (独家转股期权协议) dated 21 January 2009 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as
current shareholders, Zhejiang Taobao Network Co., Ltd. and Taobao (China) Software Co., Ltd.; 

  

	 	(c)	a proxy agreement (股东表决权委托协议) dated 21 January 2009 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as
current shareholders, Taobao (China) Software Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Taobao Network Co., Ltd.; 

  

	 	(d)	an equity pledge agreement (股权质押协议) dated 21 January 2009 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as pledgors, Zhejiang
Taobao Network Co., Ltd. as onshore company and Taobao (China) Software Co., Ltd. as pledgee; 

  

	 	(e)	an exclusive technical services agreement (独家服务协议) dated 21 January 2009 and made between Zhejiang Taobao Network Co.,
Ltd. and Taobao (China) Software Co., Ltd.; and 

  

	 	(h)	an network information services agreement (网络信息服务协议) dated 30 April 2009 and made between Taobao (China)
Software Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Taobao Network Co., Ltd. 

  

	3.	In relation to 杭州阿里巴巴广告有限公司 (Hangzhou Alibaba Advertising Co.,
Ltd.) [B51]: 

  

	 	(a)	a loan agreement (借款协议) dated 12 October 2007 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as borrowers, and Alibaba (China) Technology
Co., Ltd. as lender; 

  
 Page 132

	 	(b)	a call option agreement (独家购买权协议) dated 12 October 2007 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as current
shareholders, Alibaba (China) Technology Co., Ltd. and Hangzhou Alibaba Advertising Co., Ltd.; 

  

	 	(c)	a proxy agreement (股东表决权委托协议) dated 12 October 2007 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as
current shareholders, Alibaba (China) Technology Co., Ltd. and Hangzhou Alibaba Advertising Co., Ltd.; 

  

	 	(d)	an equity pledge agreement (股权质押协议) dated 30 September 2007 and made between Ma Yun and Xie Shihuang as pledgors, Alibaba
(China) Technology Co., Ltd. as pledge and Hangzhou Alibaba Advertising Co., Ltd. as onshore company; 

  

	 	(e)	a business cooperation agreement (业务合作协议) dated 12 October 2007 and made between Alibaba (China) Technology Co., Ltd.,
Hangzhou Alibaba Advertising Co., Ltd. and Alibaba.com Hong Kong Limited; 

  

	 	(f)	an exclusive technical services agreement (独家技术服务协议) dated 12 October 2007 and made between Hangzhou
Alibaba Advertising Co., Ltd. and Alibaba (China) Technology Co., Ltd.; 

  

	 	(g)	an agreement on change of contractual control procedures (关于修改控制协议程序之协议)
dated October 2007 and made between Alibaba (China) Technology Co., Ltd. and Alibaba.com Limited; 

  

	 	(h)	a supplementary agreement on business cooperation agreement (业务合作协议之补充协议) dated
30 April 2011 and made between Alibaba (China) Technology Co., Ltd. and Alibaba (China) Software Co., Ltd. and Hangzhou Alibaba Advertising Co., Ltd.; 

 

	 	(i)	an equity pledge agreement (股权质押协议) dated 5 April 2012 and made between Ma Yun as pledgor and Alibaba (China) Technology
Co., Ltd. as pledgee; and 

  

	 	(j)	an equity pledge agreement (股权质押协议) dated 8 May 2012 and made between Xie Shihuang as pledgor and Alibaba (China)
Technology Co., Ltd. as pledge. 

  
 Page 133

 SCHEDULE 12 
 FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION 
  

			
	To:	  	Citicorp International Limited as Agent
		  	Citicorp International Limited as Security Agent
		  	Alibaba Group Holding Limited for and on behalf of itself and each Obligor
		
	From:	  	[the Increase Lender] (the “Increase Lender”)
		
	Dated:	  	

 Alibaba Group Holding Limited – US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

dated [                    ] (the
“Facilities Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement [and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facilities Agreement)]. This agreement (the “Agreement”)
shall take effect as an Increase Confirmation for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement [and as a Creditor Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)]. Terms defined in the
Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement. 

  

	2.	We refer to clause 2.2 (Increase) of the Facilities Agreement. 

  

	3.	The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the “Relevant
Commitment”) as if it was an Original Lender under the Facilities Agreement. 

  

	4.	The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “Increase Date”) is
[                    ]. 

  

	5.	On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes: 

  

	 	(a)	party to the relevant Finance Documents [(other than the Intercreditor Agreement)] as a Lender; and 

 

	 	(b)	[party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Senior Lender (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)]. 

 

	6.	The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 (Addresses) of the
Facilities Agreement are set out in the Schedule. 

  

	7.	The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in paragraph (d) of Clause 2.2 (Increase) of
the Facilities Agreement. 

  
 Page 134

	8.	[We refer to clause [—] (Creditor Accession Undertaking) of the Intercreditor Agreement. In consideration of
the Increase Lender being accepted as a [Senior Lender] for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the Increase Lender confirms that, as from the Increase Date, it intends to be party to the
Intercreditor Agreement as a [Senior Lender], and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by a [Senior Lender] and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor
Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.] 

  

	9.	This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this
Agreement. 

  

	10.	This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. 

 

	11.	This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement. 

 

	Note:	The execution of this Increase Confirmation may not be sufficient for the Increase Lender to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It
is the responsibility of the Increase Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and
completion of those formalities. 

  
 Page 135

 THE SCHEDULE 
 Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender 
 [insert relevant details] 
 [Facility office address, fax number and
attention details for notices 
 and account details for payments] 

[Increase Lender] 
 By: 

This Agreement is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent [and as a Creditor Accession Undertaking
for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Agent] and the Increase Date is confirmed as [                     ]. 

Agent 
 By: 

Security Agent 
 By: 

  
 Page 136

 SCHEDULE 13 
 FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING 
 [Letterhead of Existing Lender]

 To: 
 [insert
name of potential assignee / transferee / Participant] 
 The Facilities Agreement 

Borrower: Alibaba Group Holding Limited 
 Date of Facilities Agreement: 
 Amount: US$8,000,000,000

 Facility Agent: Citicorp International Limited 
 Dear Sirs 
 We understand that you are considering acquiring an interest in the Facilities
Agreement and (if applicable) the other Finance Documents which, subject to the Facilities Agreement, may be by way of novation, assignment, the entering into, whether directly or indirectly, of a sub-participation or any other transaction under
which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors or by way of investing in or otherwise financing, directly or indirectly, any such novation, assignment, sub-participation or
other transaction (the “Acquisition”). 
 In consideration of us agreeing to make available to you certain information, by your
signature of a copy of this letter you agree as follows: 
  

	1.	Confidentiality Undertaking 

 You undertake: 
  

	 	(a)	to keep the Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone except as provided for by paragraph 2 below and to ensure that the Confidential
Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to your own confidential information; and 

  

	 	(b)	until the Acquisition is completed, to use the Confidential Information only for the Permitted Purpose. 

 

	2.	Permitted Disclosure 

 You
may disclose Confidential Information: 
  

	 	(a)	to any member of the Purchaser Group, its professional advisers, officers, directors, employees, auditors and other persons providing services to it (provided that such
person is under a duty of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information, professional, contractual or otherwise, to you) to the extent necessary for the Permitted Purpose, if such person to whom the Confidential Information is to be
given pursuant to this paragraph is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information, except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient
is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information; 

  
 Page 137

	 	(b)	(i) where requested or required by any court of competent jurisdiction or any competent banking, taxation, judicial, governmental, supervisory, regulatory or
equivalent body, (ii) where required by the rules of any stock exchange on which the shares or other securities of any member of the Purchaser Group are listed or (iii) where required by the laws or regulations of any country with
jurisdiction over the affairs of any member of the Purchaser Group; and 

  

	 	(c)	to any person: 

 (i) to (or
through) whom you assign or transfer (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of the rights, benefits and obligations which you may acquire under the Facilities Agreement; or 

(ii) with (or through) whom you enter into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction
under which payments are to be made by reference to, the Facilities, the Facilities Agreement and/or one or more of the other Finance Documents or any Obligor, 
 provided that such person has delivered to you (with a copy to the Company) a letter in equivalent form to this letter; and 
  

	 	(d)	notwithstanding paragraphs (a) to (c) above, to such persons to whom, and on the same terms as, a Finance Party is permitted to disclose Confidential
Information under the Facilities Agreement, as if such permissions were set out in full in this letter and as if references in those permissions to a Finance Party were references to you. 

 

	3.	Notification of Required or Unauthorised Disclosure 

 To the extent practicable and permitted by law and regulation, you agree to inform us: 
  

	 	(a)	of the full circumstances of any disclosure under paragraph 2(b) above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during
the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and 

  

	 	(b)	upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this letter. 

  
 Page 138

	4.	Return/Destruction of Confidential Information 

 If you do not enter into the Acquisition and we so request in writing, you shall: 
  

	 	(a)	return or destroy all Confidential Information supplied to you by us; 

  

	 	(b)	destroy or permanently erase all copies of Confidential Information made by you; and 

 

	 	(c)	use reasonable endeavours to ensure that anyone who has received any Confidential Information destroys or permanently erases such Confidential Information and all
copies made by them, 

 in each case save to the extent that you or the recipients are required to retain any such
Confidential Information by any applicable law, rule or regulation or by any competent banking, taxation, judicial, governmental, supervisory, regulatory or equivalent body or where required by the rules of any stock exchange on which the shares or
other securities of any member of the Purchaser Group are listed or in accordance with internal policy, or where the Confidential Information has been disclosed under paragraph 2(b) above. 

However, you and any such recipients shall not be under any obligation to return, destroy or permanently erase any Confidential
Information: 
  

	 	(i)	contained in any work produced by any member of the Purchaser Group, its professional advisers or other persons providing services to it, to the extent that any of them
are required by any applicable law, rule or regulation or by any competent banking, taxation, judicial, governmental, supervisory, regulatory or equivalent body or stock exchange or by internal policy to retain such work; or

  

	 	(ii)	contained in any computer record or file which has been created by or pursuant to any automatic electronic archiving system or IT back-up procedure.

  

	5.	Continuing Obligations 

The obligations in this letter are continuing and, in particular, shall survive the termination of any discussions or negotiations between
you and us. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the obligations in this letter shall cease on the earliest of: 
  

	 	(a)	if you become a party to the Facilities Agreement as a lender of record, the date on which you become such a party to the Facilities Agreement;

  

	 	(b)	if you enter into the Acquisition but it does not result in you becoming a party to the Facilities Agreement as a lender of record, the date falling twelve
(12) months after the date on which all of your rights and obligations contained in the documentation entered into to implement that Acquisition have terminated; 

 

	 	(c)	in any other case, the date falling twelve (12) months after the date of your final receipt (in whatever manner) of any Confidential Information.

  
 Page 139

	6.	No Representation; Consequences of Breach, etc 

 You acknowledge and agree that: 
  

	 	(a)	neither we nor any member of the Borrower Group nor any of our or their respective officers, employees, affiliates or advisers (each a “Relevant
Person”) (i) make any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to, or assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any of the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or
any member of the Borrower Group or the assumptions on which it is based or (ii) shall be under any obligation to update or correct any inaccuracy in the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or any member of the
Borrower Group or be otherwise liable to you or any other person in respect of the Confidential Information or any such information; and 

  

	 	(b)	we or members of the Borrower Group may be irreparably harmed by the breach of the terms of this letter and damages may not be an adequate remedy; each Relevant Person
may be granted an injunction or specific performance for any threatened or actual breach by you of the provisions of this letter. 

 If you become a party to the Finance Documents, the terms of paragraph (a) above are without prejudice to your right to enforce and enjoy any term of any Finance Document on and from the date on
which you become a party to the Finance Documents. 
  

	7.	No Waiver; Amendments, etc 

This letter sets out the full extent of your obligations of confidentiality owed to us in relation to the information the subject of this
letter and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding the information the subject of this letter. No failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege under this letter will operate as a waiver thereof nor
will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege under this letter. The terms of this letter and your obligations under this letter may
be amended or modified only by written agreement between you and us. 
  

	8.	Inside Information 

 You
acknowledge that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities laws relating to insider dealing
or market misconduct and you undertake not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose. 
  

	9.	Nature of Undertakings 

The undertakings given by you in this letter are given to us and (without implying any fiduciary obligations on our part) are also given
for the benefit of each member of the Borrower Group. 

  
 Page 140

	10.	Third party rights 

Subject to this paragraph 10 and to paragraphs 6 and 9, a person who is not a party to this letter has no right under the Contracts
(Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this letter. 
 The Relevant Persons and each member of the Borrower Group may enjoy the benefit of the terms of paragraphs 6 and 9 subject to and in accordance with this paragraph 10 and the provisions of the Third
Parties Act. 
 Notwithstanding any provisions of this letter, the parties to this letter do not require the consent of any
Relevant Person or any member of the Borrower Group to rescind or vary this letter at any time. 
  

	11.	Governing Law and Jurisdiction 

 This letter (including the agreement constituted by your acknowledgement of its terms) and all non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with this letter shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of England and the courts of England have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this letter (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligation arising out of or
in connection with this letter). 
  

	12.	Definitions 

 In this
letter (including the acknowledgement set out below): 
 “Borrower Group” means the Borrower and each of its
Holding Companies and Subsidiaries and each Subsidiary of each of its Holding Companies. 
 “Confidential
Information” means the Finance Documents, any information relating to the Borrower, Borrower Group, any Obligor, the Finance Documents or the Facilities (including without limitation the information package and any other information
provided in relation to the Facilities) provided to you by us or any of our affiliates or advisers, in whatever form, and: 
  

	 	(a)	includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied
from such information, but 

  

	 	(b)	excludes information that: 

  

	 	(i)	is or becomes public knowledge other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by you of this letter, or 

 

	 	(ii)	is known by you before the date the information is provided to you by us or any of our affiliates or advisers, or 

 

	 	(iii)	is lawfully disclosed to you, other than from a source which is connected with the Borrower Group, after the date it is provided to you by us or any of our affiliates
or advisers, 

 and which, in the case of sub-paragraphs (b)(ii) and (b)(iii), as far as you are aware, has not
been disclosed in violation of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality. 

  
 Page 141

 “Facilities Agreement” means the Facilities Agreement described in the
heading of this letter. 
 “Finance Documents” means the documents defined in the Facilities Agreement as
Finance Documents. 
 “Finance Party” means the parties defined in the Facilities Agreement as Finance Parties.

 “Holding Company” means, in relation to any company or corporation, any other company or corporation in
respect of which it is a Subsidiary. 
 “Obligor” has the meaning given to that term in the Facilities
Agreement. 
 “Permitted Purpose” means considering and evaluating whether to enter into the Acquisition.

 “Purchaser Group” means you, your head office and any other branch, each of your Holding Companies and
Subsidiaries and each Subsidiary of each of your Holding Companies. 
 “Subsidiary” means, in relation to any
company or corporation, a company or corporation: 
  

	 	(a)	which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the first mentioned company or corporation; 

 

	 	(b)	more than half the issued share capital of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the first mentioned company or corporation; or

  

	 	(c)	which is a Subsidiary of another Subsidiary of the first mentioned company or corporation, 

and, for this purpose, a company or corporation shall be treated as being controlled by another if that other company or corporation is
able to direct its affairs and/or to control the composition of its board of directors or equivalent body. 
 Please acknowledge your agreement
to the above by signing and returning the enclosed copy. 
 Yours faithfully 

 

	
	  

	for and on behalf of
	[Existing Lender]

  

	To:	[Existing Lender] 

 The
Borrower and each other member of the Borrower Group 

  
 Page 142

 We acknowledge and agree to the above: 

 

	
	  

	for and on behalf of
	[potential assignee / transferee / Participant]

  
 Page 143

 SCHEDULE 14 
 ACCOUNT DETAILS 
  

	1.	Alibaba Group Holding Limited 

  

			
	Bank Name:	  	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
	Bank Address:	  	1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong
	Bank SWIFT Code:	  	HSBCHKHHHKH
	Bank Code for local RTGS:	  	004
	Account Number:	  	500-432471-274
	Account Name:	  	Alibaba Group Holding Limited

  

	2.	Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 

  

			
	Correspondent Bank Name:	  	JPMorgan Chase Bank, New York
	Correspondent Bank SWIFT Address:	  	CHASUS33
	Beneficiary Bank Account Number:	  	400-928825
	Beneficiary Bank Account Name:	  	Australia & New Zealand Banking Group Limited, Hong Kong Branch
	Beneficiary Bank SWIFT Address:	  	ANZBHKHX
	Final Beneficiary Account Number:	  	N/A
	Final Beneficiary Account Name:	  	Payment for Corona
	Attention:	  	Lending Operations

  

	3.	Citibank N.A., Hong Kong Branch 

Correspondent Bank Name: Citibank, N.A., New York Branch 
 Correspondent Bank SWIFT Address: CITIUS33 
 Beneficiary Bank Account Number: 10990845 

Beneficiary Bank Account Name: Citibank N.A., Hong Kong Branch 
 Beneficiary Bank SWIFT Address: N/A 
 Final Beneficiary Account Number: N/A 

Final Beneficiary Account Name: N/A 
 Attention:
KLCOE Loans 
  

	4.	Credit Suisse AG, Singapore Branch 

Correspondent Bank Name: Bank of New York, New York 
 Correspondent Bank SWIFT Address: IRVTUS3N 
 Beneficiary Bank Account Number: 890-0361-107

 Beneficiary Bank Account Name: Credit Suissse AG, Singapore Branch 
 Beneficiary Bank SWIFT Address: CRESSGSGXXX 
 Final Beneficiary Account Number: N/A 

Final Beneficiary Account Name: N/A 
 Attention:
Alibaba Group Holding Limited (Project Corona) 
  

	5.	DBS Bank Ltd. 

 Correspondent Bank Name:
Bank of New York Mellon, New York 
 Correspondent Bank SWIFT Address: IRVTUS3N 
 Beneficiary Bank Account Number: N/A 

  
 Page 144

 Beneficiary Bank Account Name: DBS Bank Ltd, Singapore 

Beneficiary Bank SWIFT Address: DBSSSGSG 
 Final
Beneficiary Account Number: N/A 
 Final Beneficiary Account Name: IBG Loan Operations 
 Attention: Loan ref: 1050845 Alibaba Group Holding Limited (purpose of payment) 
  

	6.	Deutsche Bank AG, Singapore Branch 

Correspondent Bank Name: Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, New York 
 Correspondent Bank SWIFT Address: BKTRUS33 
 Beneficiary Bank Account Number: 04-411-229

 Beneficiary Bank Account Name: Deutsche Bank AG, Singapore Branch 
 Beneficiary Bank SWIFT Address: DEUTSGSG 
 Final Beneficiary Account Number: N/A 

Final Beneficiary Account Name: N/A 
 Attention:
winnie.wong@db.com / yvonne.choo@db.com /loanoperations.singapore@db.com 
  

	7.	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited 

 Correspondent Bank Name: HSBC BANK USA, New York 
 Correspondent Bank SWIFT Address: MRMDUS33
(Chips UID 226517) 
 Beneficiary Bank Account Number: 000-04442-3 
 Beneficiary Bank Account Name: HSBC Hongkong 
 Beneficiary Bank SWIFT Address: N/A 

Final Beneficiary Account Number: N/A 
 Final
Beneficiary Account Name: N/A 
 Attention: Re: Alibaba Group Holding Limited for the attention of CIB/CMB Loans 

 

	8.	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., acting through its Hong Kong Branch 

 Correspondent Bank Name: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., New York 
 Correspondent Bank SWIFT Address:
CHASUS33 
 Beneficiary Bank Account Number: 001-0-959229 
 Beneficiary Bank Account Name: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Hong Kong 
 Beneficiary Bank SWIFT
Address: CHASHKHH 
 Final Beneficiary Account Number: N/A 
 Final Beneficiary Account Name: N/A 
 Attention: HKGLNO ALO (Project Corona) 

 

	9.	Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., Hong Kong Branch 

 Correspondent Bank Name: Citibank N.A., New York 
 Correspondent Bank SWIFT Address: CITIUS33

 Beneficiary Bank Account Number: N/A 

Beneficiary Bank Account Name: N/A 
 Beneficiary
Bank SWIFT Address: N/A 
 Final Beneficiary Account Number: 36008194 
 Final Beneficiary Account Name: Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., Hong Kong Branch (SWIFT Address: MHCBHKHH) 
 Attention: Loan Operations Department - Alibaba 

  
 Page 145

	10.	Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. 

 Correspondent
Bank Name: Citibank, N.A., New York, NY 10043 
 Correspondent Bank SWIFT Address: CITIUS33 

Via: ABA#021-000-089 
 Account Number: 3044-0947

 Beneficiary Bank Account Name: Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. 
 Beneficiary Bank SWIFT Address: N/A 
 Final Beneficiary Account Number: N/A 

Final Beneficiary Account Name: N/A 
 Reference:
Project Corona 
 Attention: Loanservicing 
  

	11.	Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. 

Correspondent Bank Name: Citibank, N.A., New York, NY 10043 
 Correspondent Bank SWIFT Address: MSNYUS33 
 Via: ABA#021-000-089 

Account Number: 406-99-776 
 Beneficiary Bank
Account Name: Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. 
 Beneficiary Bank SWIFT Address: N/A 
 Final Beneficiary Account Number: N/A 
 Final Beneficiary Account Name: N/A 

Reference: Project Corona 
 Attention:
Loanservicing 
  

	12.	Citicorp International Limited 

Correspondent Bank Name: Citibank, N.A., New York Branch (ABA#02100089) 
 Correspondent Bank SWIFT Address: CITIUS33 
 Beneficiary Bank Account Number: 3688-7985 

Beneficiary Bank Account Name: Citibank f/b/o Agency & Trust #45 
 Beneficiary Bank SWIFT Address: N/A 
 Final Beneficiary Account Number: N/A 

Final Beneficiary Account Name: N/A 
 Attention:
Eros Lai with reference Alibaba / Payment Details 

  
 Page 146

 SIGNATORIES 

 

					
	The Company
	
	ALIBABA GROUP HOLDING LIMITED
		
	By:	 	

			
	Address:	 		 	c/o Alibaba Group Services Limited
		 		 	26/F, Tower One, Times Square
		 		 	1 Matheson Street
		 		 	Causeway Bay
		 		 	Hong Kong
	Fax:	 		 	+852 2215 5200
	Telephone:	 		 	+852 2215 5100
	Email:	 		 	tim.steinert@hk.alibaba-inc.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

									
		  		    		  	 	

 	  
	The Original Guarantors	  
	  
 Executed and Delivered as a Deed
	    	  
 )
	  
	for and on behalf of	    	)	  
	ALIBABA GROUP TREASURY LIMITED	    	)	  
	 in the presence of:

 
	    	)	  
	

	    		  
	  
	    		  			
			
	Address:	  	c/o Alibaba Group Services Limited	  			
		  	26/F, Tower One, Times Square	  			
		  	1 Matheson Street	  			
		  	Causeway Bay	  			
		  	Hong Kong	  			
	Facsimile:	  	+852 2215 5200	  			
	Attention:	  	General Counsel	  			
		  		  			
		  		  	 	

 	  
	  
 Executed and Delivered as a Deed
	    	  
 )
	  
	for and on behalf of	    	)	  
	TAOBAO HOLDING LIMITED	    	)	  
	 in the presence of:

 
	    	)	  
	

	    		  
	  
	    		  			
			
	Address:	  	c/o Alibaba Group Services Limited	  			
		  	26/F, Tower One, Times Square	  			
		  	1 Matheson Street	  			
		  	Causeway Bay	  			
		  	Hong Kong	  			
	Facsimile:	  	+852 2215 5200	  			
	Attention:	  	General Counsel	  			

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

							
		  		    		  	

		  
	  
 Executed and Delivered as a Deed
	    	  
 )
	  
	for and on behalf of	    	)	  
	TAOBAO CHINA HOLDING LIMITED	    	)	  
	 in the presence of:

 
	    	)	  
	

	    		  
	  
	    		  	
			
	Address:	  	c/o Alibaba Group Services Limited	  	
		  	26/F, Tower One, Times Square	  	
		  	1 Matheson Street	  	
		  	Causeway Bay	  	
		  	Hong Kong	  	
	Facsimile:	  	+852 2215 5200	  	
	Attention:	  	General Counsel	  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

	  
 Executed and Delivered as a Deed
	    	  
 )
	  
	for and on behalf of	    	)	  
	ALIBABA.COM LIMITED	    	)	  
	 in the presence of:

 
	    	)	  
	

	    		  
	  
	    		  	
			
	Address:	  	c/o Alibaba Group Services Limited	  	
		  	26/F, Tower One, Times Square	  	
		  	1 Matheson Street	  	
		  	Causeway Bay	  	
		  	Hong Kong	  	
	Facsimile:	  	+852 2215 5200	  	
	Attention:	  	General Counsel	  	

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

							
		  		    		  	

		  
	  
 Executed and Delivered as a Deed
	    	  
 )
	  
	for and on behalf of	    	)	  
	ALIBABA.COM CHINA LIMITED	    	)	  
	 in the presence of:

 
	    	)	  
	

	    		  
	  
	    		  	
			
	Address:	  	c/o Alibaba Group Services Limited	  	
		  	26/F, Tower One, Times Square	  	
		  	1 Matheson Street	  	
		  	Causeway Bay	  	
		  	Hong Kong	  	
	Facsimile:	  	+852 2215 5200	  	
	Attention:	  	General Counsel	  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

	  
 Executed and Delivered as a Deed
	    	  
 )
	  
	for and on behalf of	    	)	  
	ALIBABA.COM INVESTMENT	    	)	  
	HOLDING LIMITED	    	)	  
	 in the presence of:

 
	    	)	  
	

	    		  
	  
	    		  	
			
	Address:	  	c/o Alibaba Group Services Limited	  	
		  	26/F, Tower One, Times Square	  	
		  	1 Matheson Street	  	
		  	Causeway Bay	  	
		  	Hong Kong	  	
	Facsimile:	  	+852 2215 5200	  	
	Attention:	  	General Counsel	  	

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

					
	The Mandated Lead Arrangers
	
	AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED
			
	By:	 	/s/ Eliza Wong	 	 /s/ Chris RACITI

		 	Eliza Wong	 	Chris RACITI
		 	Head of Corporate Coverage	 	Head of Corporate, North East Asia Loan Syndications

  

			
	Address:	  	22/F, Three Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central, Hong Kong
	Fax:	  	+852 3918 7163
	Telephone:	  	+852 3918 2111 / +852 3918 2188
	Email:	  	Sherzad.Desai@anz.com / Eliza.Wong@anz.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

			
	CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS ASIA LIMITED
		
	By:	  	

  

			
	Address:	  	47F Citibank Tower, Citibank Plaza, 3 Garden Road, Central Hong Kong
	Fax:	  	+852 2521 8094
	Telephone:	  	+852 2501 2556
	Email:	  	vivian.sam@citi.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

					
	CREDIT SUISSE AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH
			
	By:	 	/s/ Chris Stark	 	/s/ Ivy Lim
		 	Chris Stark	 	Ivy Lim
		 	Vice President	 	Assistant Vice President
		 	Credit Suisse AG	 	

  

			
	Address:	  	1 Changi Business Park Central 1, #01-101 ONE@Changi City, Singapore 486036
	Fax:	  	+65 6212 2709
	Telephone:	  	+65 6306 9861 (Cristina De Guzman) /
		  	+65 6212 2589 (Lorraine Kong)
	Email:	  	apac.loansvc@credit-suisse.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

					
	DBS BANK LTD.
			
	By:	 	/s/ Boey Yin Chong	 	/s/ HENG YEOW KHING
		 	Boey Yin Chong	 	HENG YEOW KHING
		 	Managing Director	 	MANAGING DIRECTOR

  

			
	Address:	  	12 Marina Boulevard, Level 44, DBS Asia Central @ Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 3, Singapore 018982
	Fax:	  	+65 6225 0536 / +65 6323 6353
	Telephone:	  	+65 6878 4111 / +65 6878 8188
	Email:	  	yeowkhing@dbs.com / yinchong@dbs.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

					
	DEUTSCHE BANK AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH
			
	By:	 		 	
			
	 /s/ David Cheng Chi Jian
	 		 	 /s/ Steffen Alexander Limbach

	David Cheng Chi Jian	 		 	Steffen Alexander Limbach
	Director	 		 	Director

  

			
	Address:	  	One Raffles Quay #14-00 South Tower Singapore 048583
	Fax:	  	+65 6536 1328 / +65 6221 2306
	Telephone:	  	+65 6423 8700
	Email:	  	winnie.wong@db.com / yvonne.choo@db.com / Loanoperations.singapore@db.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

			
	THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION LIMITED
		
	 By:
	  	
		
		  	 

		
	Address:	  	1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong
	Fax:	  	+852 3409 2760
	Telephone:	  	+852 2822 3047
	Email:	  	lyndonhsu@hsbc.com.hk

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

					
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., ACTING THROUGH ITS HONG KONG BRANCH
			
	By:	 		  	
		
		 	

			
	Address:	 		  	28/F Chater House, 8 Connaught Road Central, Hong Kong
	Fax:	 		  	+852 2877 0736
	Telephone:	 		  	+852 2800 7613 / +852 2800 7628
	Email:	 		  	sarah.schell@jpmorgan.com / bryan.cw.yeung@jpmorgan.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

			
	MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.
		
	By:	  	
		
		  	 

		
	Address:	  	17/F, Two Pacific Place, 88 Queensway, Hong Kong
	Fax:	  	+852 2810 1326
	Telephone:	  	+852 2103 3082 / +852 2103 3062
	Email:	  	monita.chang@mizuho-cb.com / joey.mak@mizuho-cb.com
	Attention:	  	Ms. Monita Chang / Ms. Joey Mak

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

			
	MORGAN STANLEY ASIA LIMITED
		
	By:	 	/s/ Crawford Jamieson
		 	Crawford Jamieson

  

			
	Address:	  	46/F International Commerce Centre, I Austin Road West, Kowloon, Hong Kong
	Fax:	  	+852 3407-5506
	Telephone:	  	+852 2239-1494
	Email:	  	loanopshk@morganstanley.com
	Attention:	  	Ezra Lau

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

 The Original Lenders 

 

					
	AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED
			
	 By:
	 	/s/ Eliza Wong	 	 /s/ Chris RACITI

		 	Eliza Wong	 	Chris RACITI
		 	Head of Corporate Coverage	 	Head of Corporate, North East Asia Loan Syndications

 

					
	Address:	  	22/F, Three Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central, Hong Kong
	Fax:	  	+852 3918 7163
	Telephone:	  	+852 3918 2111 / +852 3918 2188
	Email:	  	Sherzad.Desai@anz.com / Eliza.Wong@anz.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

					
	CITIBANK, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH
		
	By:	 	

			
	Address:	 		  	47F Citibank Tower, Citibank Plaza, 3 Garden Road, Central Hong Kong
	Fax:	 		  	+852 2521 8094
	Telephone:	 		  	+852 2501 2556
	Email:	 		  	vivian.sam@citi.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

					
	CREDIT SUISSE AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH
			
	By:	 	/s/ Chris Stark	 	/s/ Ivy Lim
		 	Chris Stark	 	Ivy Lim
		 	Vice President	 	Assistant Vice President
		 	Credit Suisse AG	 	

  

			
	Address:	  	1 Changi Business Park Central 1, #01-101 ONE@Changi City, Singapore 486036
	Fax:	  	+65 6212 2709
	Telephone:	  	+65 6306 9861 (Cristina De Guzman) /
		  	+65 6212 2589 (Lorraine Kong)
	Email:	  	apac.loansvc@credit-suisse.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

			
	DBS BANK LTD.
		
	By:	 	/s/ HENG YEOW KHING
		 	HENG YEOW KHING
		 	MANAGING DIRECTOR

  

			
	Address:	  	12 Marina Boulevard, Level 44, DBS Asia Central @ Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 3, Singapore 018982
	Fax:	  	+65 6225 0536
	Telephone:	  	+65 6878 4111 / +65 6878 6167 / +65 6878 2328
	Email:	  	yeowkhing@dbs.com / michelleteo@dbs.com / yensankong@dbs.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

					
	DEUTSCHE BANK AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH
			
	By:	 		 	
			
	 /s/ David Cheng Chi Jian
	 		 	 /s/ Steffen Alexander Limbach

	David Cheng Chi Jian	 		 	Steffen Alexander Limbach
	Director	 		 	Director

  

			
	Address:	  	One Raffles Quay #14-00 South Tower Singapore 048583
	Fax:	  	+65 6536 1328 / +65 6221 2306
	Telephone:	  	+65 6423 8700
	Email:	  	winnie.wong@db.com / yvonne.choo@db.com / Loanoperations.singapore@db.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

			
	THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION LIMITED
		
	By:	  	
		
		  	

		
	Address:	  	1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong
	Fax:	  	+852 3409 2760
	Telephone:	  	+852 2822 3047
	Email:	  	lyndonhsu@hsbc.com.hk

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

			
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., ACTING THROUGH ITS HONG KONG BRANCH
		
	By:	  	Neha Rastogi, Executive Director
		  	/s/ Neha Rastogi

  

			
	Address:	  	20/F Chater House, 8 Connaught Road Central, Hong Kong
	Fax:	  	+852 2845 9448
	Telephone:	  	+852 2800 6625 / +852 2800 6621
	Email:	  	neha.x.rastogi@jpmorgan.com / chen.zhu@jpmorgan.com

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

					
	MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH
		
	By:	 	

			
	Address:	 		  	16/F., Sun Life Tower, The Gateway, Harbour City, Kowloon, Hong Kong
	Fax:	 		  	+852 2564 7859 / +852 2102 5207
	Telephone:	 		  	+852 2102 5151 / +852 2102 5737
	Email:	 		  	loanops.hk@mizuho-cb.com
	Attention:	 		  	Mr. Andy Lam / Ms. Mandy Pang
		 		  	Loan Operations Department

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

					
	MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.
		
	By:	 	

		 	AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

					
			
	Address:	 		  	c/o Morgan Stanley Asia Limited, 46/F International Commerce Centre, 1 Austin Road West, Kowloon, Hong Kong
	Fax:	 		  	+852 3407-5506
	Telephone:	 		  	+852 2239-1494
	Email:	 		  	loanopshk@morganstanley.com
	Attention:	 		  	Ezra Lau

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

					
	MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
		
	By:	 	

		 	VICE PRESIDENT

					
			
	Address:	 		  	c/o Morgan Stanley Asia Limited, 46/F International Commerce Centre, 1 Austin Road West, Kowloon, Hong Kong
	Fax:	 		  	+852 3407-5506
	Telephone:	 		  	+852 2239-1494
	Email:	 		  	loanopshk@morganstanley.com
	Attention:	 		  	Ezra Lau

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement 

			
	The Agent
	
	CITICORP INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eros Lai
		 	Eros Lai
		 	Vice President

Address: 9/F Two Harbourfront, 22 Tak Fung Street, Hunghom, Kowloon, Hong Kong 
 Fax: +852 2621 3183 
 Telephone: +852 2306 6612 

Email: eros.lai@citi.com 
 Attention: Eros
Lai 
  

			
	The Security Agent
	
	CITICORP INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Eros Lai
		 	Eros Lai
		 	Vice President

Address: 9/F Two Harbourfront, 22 Tak Fung Street, Hunghom, Kowloon, Hong Kong 
 Fax: +852 2621 3183 
 Telephone: +852 2306 6612 

Email: eros.lai@citi.com 
 Attention: Eros
Lai 

  
 Project
Corona – Signature page to US$8,000,000,000 Facilities AgreementEX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 

UWHARRIE CAPITAL CORP 
 as Issuer

 SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT 

Dated as of March 31, 2014 

FIXED RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES DUE 2024 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS	  	1
				
		 	Section 1.1	  	Definitions.	  	1
		
	ARTICLE II DEBT SECURITIES	  	6
				
		 	Section 2.1	  	Issuance of Debt Securities.	  	6
				
		 	Section 2.2	  	Form and Denomination of Debt Securities.	  	6
				
		 	Section 2.3	  	Execution of Debt Securities.	  	6
				
		 	Section 2.4	  	Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debt Securities.	  	7
				
		 	Section 2.5	  	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities.	  	9
				
		 	Section 2.6	  	Temporary Debt Securities.	  	10
				
		 	Section 2.7	  	Payment of Interest.	  	10
				
		 	Section 2.8	  	Cancellation of Debt Securities Paid, etc.	  	11
				
		 	Section 2.9	  	Computation of Interest.	  	11
				
		 	Section 2.10	  	CUSIP Numbers.	  	12
		
	ARTICLE III PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY	  	12
				
		 	Section 3.1	  	Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debt Securities.	  	12
				
		 	Section 3.2	  	Offices for Notices and Payments, etc.	  	13
				
		 	Section 3.3	  	Provision as to Paying Agent.	  	13
				
		 	Section 3.4	  	Certificate to Securityholders.	  	14
				
		 	Section 3.5	  	Compliance with Consolidation Provisions.	  	14
				
		 	Section 3.6	  	Limitation on Dividends.	  	14
		
	ARTICLE IV LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY	  	15
				
		 	Section 4.1	  	Securityholders’ Lists.	  	15
				
		 	Section 4.2	  	Financial and Other Information.	  	15
		
	ARTICLE V REMEDIES OF THE SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT	  	16
				
		 	Section 5.1	  	Events of Default.	  	16
				
		 	Section 5.2	  	Payment of Debt Securities on Certain Events of Default; Suit Therefor.	  	17
				
		 	Section 5.3	  	Proceedings by Securityholders.	  	18
				
		 	Section 5.4	  	Remedies Cumulative and Continuing.	  	18

  
 -i- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	 	  	Page
				
		 	Section 5.5	  	Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders.	  	19
				
		 	Section 5.6	  	Undertaking to Pay Costs.	  	19
		
	ARTICLE VI SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES	  	19
				
		 	Section 6.1	  	Agreement to Subordinate.	  	19
				
		 	Section 6.2	  	Default on Senior Indebtedness.	  	20
				
		 	Section 6.3	  	Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.	  	20
				
		 	Section 6.4	  	Subrogation.	  	21
				
		 	Section 6.5	  	Subordination May Not Be Impaired.	  	22
		
	ARTICLE VII CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS	  	23
				
		 	Section 7.1	  	Action by Securityholders.	  	23
				
		 	Section 7.2	  	Proof of Execution by Securityholders.	  	23
				
		 	Section 7.3	  	Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners.	  	24
				
		 	Section 7.4	  	Debt Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding.	  	24
				
		 	Section 7.5	  	Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound.	  	24
		
	ARTICLE VIII SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS	  	25
				
		 	Section 8.1	  	Purposes of Meetings.	  	25
				
		 	Section 8.2	  	Call of Meetings by Company.	  	25
				
		 	Section 8.3	  	Call of Meetings by Securityholders.	  	25
				
		 	Section 8.4	  	Qualifications for Voting.	  	25
				
		 	Section 8.5	  	Regulations.	  	26
				
		 	Section 8.6	  	Voting.	  	26
				
		 	Section 8.7	  	Quorum; Actions.	  	27
		
	ARTICLE IX SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENTS	  	28
				
		 	Section 9.1	  	Supplemental Securityholders Agreements with Consent of Holders of 25% in Aggregate Principal Amount of Debt Securities then Outstanding.	  	28
				
		 	Section 9.2	  	Supplemental Securityholders Agreements with Consent of Holders of a Majority in Aggregate Principal Amount of Debt Securities then Outstanding.	  	29

  
 -ii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	 	  	Page
				
		 	Section 9.3	  	Effect of Supplemental Securityholders Agreements.	  	30
				
		 	Section 9.4	  	Notation on Debt Securities.	  	30
		
	ARTICLE X REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES	  	30
				
		 	Section 10.1	  	Optional Redemption.	  	30
				
		 	Section 10.2	  	Special Event Redemption.	  	30
				
		 	Section 10.3	  	Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities.	  	31
				
		 	Section 10.4	  	Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption.	  	31
		
	ARTICLE XI CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE	  	32
				
		 	Section 11.1	  	Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	32
				
		 	Section 11.2	  	Successor Entity to be Substituted.	  	32
		
	ARTICLE XII SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT	  	33
				
		 	Section 12.1	  	Discharge of Securityholders Agreement.	  	33
				
		 	Section 12.2	  	Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by a Paying Agent.	  	33
				
		 	Section 12.3	  	Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held.	  	33
				
		 	Section 12.4	  	Return of Unclaimed Moneys.	  	34
		
	ARTICLE XIII IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS	  	34
				
		 	Section 13.1	  	Securityholders Agreement and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations.	  	34
		
	 ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
	  	34
				
		 	Section 14.1	  	Successors.	  	34
				
		 	Section 14.2	  	Official Acts by Successor Entity.	  	34
				
		 	Section 14.3	  	Surrender of Company Powers.	  	35
				
		 	Section 14.4	  	Addresses for Notices, etc.	  	35
				
		 	Section 14.5	  	Governing Law.	  	35
				
		 	Section 14.6	  	Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent.	  	35
				
		 	Section 14.7	  	Business Day Convention.	  	36
				
		 	Section 14.8	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	36
				
		 	Section 14.9	  	Execution in Counterparts.	  	36

  
 -iii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	 	  	Page
				
		 	Section 14.10	  	Severability.	  	36
				
		 	Section 14.11	  	Assignment.	  	36

  

					
	EXHIBIT A	  	FORM OF FIXED RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITY DUE 2024	  	A-1
			
	EXHIBIT B	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF OFFICER OF THE COMPANY	  	B-1

  
 -iv- 

 THIS SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT (the “Securityholders Agreement”), dated as of
March 31, 2014 between Uwharrie Capital Corp, a bank holding company incorporated in North Carolina (hereinafter sometimes called the “Company”), and the Securityholders made a party hereto. 

W I T N E S S E T H : 

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its Fixed Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities
due 2024 (the “Debt Securities”); 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to a subscription offer agreement executed by the Securityholder and
accepted by the Company, each Securityholder has agreed to purchase from the Company the amount of Debt Securities described therein, has agreed that the Debt Securities are subject to the provisions of this Securityholders Agreement, and has agreed
to become a party to this Securityholders Agreement. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and the purchase of the Debt
Securities by the Securityholders, and the mutual promises contained herein, the Company and the Securityholders agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE
I 
 DEFINITIONS 

Section 1.1 Definitions. 

The terms defined in this Section 1.1 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all
purposes of this Securityholders Agreement and of any Securityholders Agreement supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.1. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined shall have the
meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the term “generally accepted accounting principles” means such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the time
of any computation. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Securityholders Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. 

“Additional Provisions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors or the executive committee or any other duly authorized designated officers of the
Company. 

 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Securityholders. 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York
or Albemarle, North Carolina are permitted or required by any applicable law or executive order to close. 
 “Capital Treatment
Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision
thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is
announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate
Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 2 Capital” (or the then equivalent thereof) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank
holding companies), as then in effect and applicable to the Company. 
 “Certificate” means a certificate signed by any one of the
principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company. 
 “Code” means
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 “Company” means Uwharrie Capital Corp, a bank holding company incorporated in
North Carolina, and, subject to the provisions of Article XI, shall include its successors and assigns. 
 “Debt Security” or
“Debt Securities” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Securityholders Agreement. 
 “Debt Security
Register” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4. 
 “Default” means any event, act or condition that with notice or
lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default. 
 “Defaulted Interest” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.7. 
 “Event of Default” means any event specified in Section 5.1, which has continued for the period of time,
if any, and after the giving of the notice, if any, therein designated. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended. 
 “Federal Reserve” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. 

  
 2 

 “Interest Payment Date” means March 31, June 30, September 30
and December 31 of each year, commencing on the first such date following the original date of issuance of any Debt Security and continuing until the Redemption Date, Special Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as applicable. 

“Interest Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7. 

“Interest Rate” means a fixed per annum rate of interest equal to the rate set forth on the face of any Debt Security. 

“Maturity Date” means March 31, 2024. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman, the President or any Vice
President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Comptroller, an Assistant Comptroller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Securityholders. Each such certificate
shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or
may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Securityholders. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section. 

The term “outstanding,” when used with reference to Debt Securities, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, means, as of any
particular time, all Debt Securities issued and delivered by the Company under this Securityholders Agreement, except 
 (a)
Debt Securities theretofore canceled by the Company or delivered to the Company for cancellation; 
 (b) Debt Securities, or
portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the
Company shall act as its own Paying Agent); provided, that, if such Debt Securities, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as provided in Article X and Article XIV
or provision satisfactory to the Securityholders shall have been made for giving such notice; and 
 (c) Debt Securities paid
pursuant to Section 2.5 or in lieu of or in substitution for which other Debt Securities shall have been issued and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5 unless proof satisfactory to the Company is presented that any such Debt
Securities are held by bona fide holders in due course. 
 “Paying Agent” means any paying agent for the Debt Securities appointed
pursuant to Section 3.3. 

  
 3 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Debt Security means every previous Debt Security evidencing all or a portion of the same
debt as that evidenced by such particular Debt Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Debt Security delivered under Section 2.5 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as
the lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security. 
 “Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1. 

“Redemption Price” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debt Securities being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on such
Debt Securities to the Redemption Date or, in the case of redemption at maturity, the Maturity Date. 
 “Securities Act” means the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “Securityholder,” “holder of Debt Securities” or other similar terms, means any
Person in whose name at the time a particular Debt Security is registered on the Debt Security Register. 
 “Securityholders
Agreement” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, or both. 

“Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of
(A) indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed, similar obligations arising from off-balance sheet guarantees and direct credit substitutes and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures, notes, bonds or other similar
instruments issued by the Company; (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company; (iii) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company and
all obligations of the Company under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (iv) all obligations of the Company for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any
banker’s acceptance, any security purchase facility, any repurchase agreement or similar arrangement, all obligations associated with derivative products such as interest rate and foreign exchange contracts and commodity contracts, any interest
rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under options or any similar credit or other transaction; (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above of other Persons for the payment of which
the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of the Company
(whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Company), whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Securityholders Agreement or thereafter incurred, unless, with the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if not otherwise generally
approved, it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior or are pari passu in right of payment to the Debt Securities; provided, however,
that Senior Indebtedness 

  
 4 

 
shall not include (a) any debt securities issued to any trust (or a trustee of such trust) that is a financing vehicle of the Company (a “financing entity”), in connection with the
issuance by such financing entity of equity or other securities, including the issuance of trust preferred securities or (b) any guarantees of the Company in respect of the equity or other securities of any financing entity referred to in
clause (a) above or (c) the Company’s outstanding Fixed Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due December 31, 2018. 

“Special Event” means any Tax Event or Capital Treatment Event. 

“Special Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2. 

“Special Redemption Price” means, with respect to the redemption of any Debt Security following a Special Event, 100% of the
principal amount of the Debt Securities being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debt Securities to the Special Redemption Date. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock of
which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of the
outstanding partnership or similar interests of which shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, and (iii) any limited partnership of which such
Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having
ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency. 

“Tax Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of
any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative
pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement (an “Administrative Action”)) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless
of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or
decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that interest payable by the Company on the Debt Securities is not, or within 90
days of the date of such Opinion of Counsel, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes. 

“United States” means the United States of America and the District of Columbia. 

  
 5 

 “U.S. Person” has the meaning given to “United States person” as set forth in
Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. 
 ARTICLE II 

DEBT SECURITIES 
 Section 2.1
Issuance of Debt Securities. 
 Upon the execution and delivery of this Securityholders Agreement, or from time to time thereafter,
Debt Securities may be issued by the Company to the Securityholders. 
 Section 2.2 Form and Denomination of Debt Securities.

 The Debt Securities shall be registered in minimum denominations of $50,000 and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

The Debt Securities may be in certificated or uncertificated form. If certificated, the Debt Securities shall be (i) without coupons;
(ii) numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plans as the officers executing the same may determine; and (iii) substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto or otherwise typed, printed,
lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or produced in any other manner all as determined by the officers executing the Debt Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Debt Securities. 

Section 2.3 Execution of Debt Securities. 

If certificated, the Debt Securities shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of its
President or one of its Executive Vice Presidents or any other officer authorized by the Board of Directors to sign documents in the name and on behalf of the Company, under its corporate seal (if then legally required) which may be affixed thereto
or printed, engraved or otherwise reproduced thereon, by facsimile or otherwise, and which need not be attested. 
 In case any officer of
the Company who shall have signed any of the Debt Securities shall cease to be such officer before the Debt Securities so signed shall have been delivered by the Company, such Debt Securities nevertheless may be delivered as though the Person who
signed such Debt Securities had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Debt Security may be signed on behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Debt Security, shall be the proper officers of
the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Securityholders Agreement any such person was not such an officer. 
 Every Debt
Security shall be dated the date of its issuance. 

  
 6 

 Section 2.4 Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debt Securities. 

The Company shall cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained for the purpose of registration of transfer and for exchange as
provided in Section 3.2, a register (the “Debt Security Register”) for the Debt Securities issued hereunder in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and
transfer of all Debt Securities as provided in this Article II. Such register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. 

Debt Securities may be exchanged at any office or agency to be maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, and
the Company shall register (or cause its agent to register), and make available for delivery in accordance with its procedures the Debt Security or Debt Securities which the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive. Upon
registration of transfer of any Debt Security at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, the Company shall register (or cause its agent to register) and the Company shall make available for
delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debt Security for a like aggregate principal amount. Registration or registration of transfer of any Debt Security by any agent of the Company appointed pursuant to Section 3.2, and
delivery of such Debt Security, shall be deemed to complete the registration or registration of transfer of such Debt Security. 
 The
Company or its agent may require that certificated Debt Securities to be registered for transfer, exchange or payment be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by, a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly
executed by the holder or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. 
 No service charge shall be made for any exchange or
registration of transfer of certificated or uncertificated Debt Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. 

The Company shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Debt Security for a period of 15 days immediately preceding the
date of selection of Debt Securities for redemption. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt Securities may not be transferred except in
compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth below, unless otherwise determined by the Company in accordance with applicable law, which legend shall be placed on each certificated Debt Security and shall apply to all Debt Securities:

 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION
OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF 

  
 7 

 
THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF
SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO,
OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO
ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C) OR (D) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH
MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING
THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF
ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION
4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON
INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS
EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1, 84-14, THE NON-FIDUCIARY SERVICE PROVIDER EXEMPTION UNDER SECTION 408(B)(17) OF ERISA OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION. 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER
INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 8 

 THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
NOT LESS THAN $50,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $50,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED
TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS
SECURITY. 
 THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING
THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION. THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES
AND IS NOT SECURED. 
 Section 2.5 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities. 

In case any certificated Debt Security shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall issue an uncertificated,
substituted Debt Security or shall execute and deliver a new certificated Debt Security bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debt Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Debt
Security so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Debt Security shall furnish to the Company such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction,
loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debt Security and of the ownership thereof. 

Upon the issuance of any substituted Debt Security, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Debt Security which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or be
destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debt Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debt Security) if the applicant for such payment shall
furnish to the Company such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the
ownership thereof. 
 Every substituted Debt Security issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.5 by virtue of the fact that
any such Debt Security is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an 

  
 9 

 
additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this
Securityholders Agreement equally and proportionately with any and all other Debt Securities duly issued hereunder. All Debt Securities shall be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing
provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Securities and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to
the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender. 

Section 2.6 Temporary Debt Securities. 

Pending the preparation of definitive Debt Securities, the Company may execute and make available for delivery temporary Debt Securities that
are typed, printed or lithographed. Temporary Debt Securities shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Debt Securities but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate
for temporary Debt Securities, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debt Security shall be executed by the Company upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive
Debt Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will execute and deliver to the Securityholder, in exchange for such temporary Debt Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of such definitive Debt Securities, and thereupon any or all
temporary Debt Securities shall be surrendered in exchange therefor, at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any
charge therefor except that in case of any such exchange involving a registration of transfer the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Until so
exchanged, the temporary Debt Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Securityholders Agreement as definitive Debt Securities delivered hereunder. 

Section 2.7 Payment of Interest. 

Each Debt Security will bear interest at the then applicable Interest Rate from and including each Interest Payment Date or, in the case of
the first interest period, the original date of issuance of such Debt Security to, but excluding, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the last interest period, the Redemption Date, Special Redemption Date or Maturity Date,
as applicable (each such period, an “Interest Period”), on the principal thereof, on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest (including Defaulted Interest), payable (subject to the provisions of Article VI) on each
Interest Payment Date commencing on the first Interest Payment Date following the original date of issuance of such Debt Security, and on the Redemption Date, the Special Redemption Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Interest on any Debt
Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the
regular record date for such interest installment, except that interest payable on the Maturity Date, the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be, shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. 

  
 10 

 Any interest on any Debt Security that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided
for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such holder, and such Defaulted Interest shall
be paid by the Company to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which special record
date shall be fixed by the Company and which shall not be more than fifteen nor less than ten days prior to the date of the proposed payment date. The Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special
record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at his or her address as it appears in the Debt Security Register, not less than ten days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of
such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on
such special record date and thereafter the Company shall have no further payment obligation in respect of the Defaulted Interest. 
 The
term “regular record date” as used in this Section shall mean the same day as the applicable Interest Payment Date. 
 Subject to
the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debt Security delivered under this Securityholders Agreement upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debt Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and
unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Debt Security. 
 Section 2.8 Cancellation of Debt Securities Paid, etc.

 Any certificated Debt Securities surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer, shall, if
surrendered to the Company, be promptly canceled by it, and no Debt Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Securityholders Agreement. The book entries for all uncertificated Debt
Securities which are paid, redeemed, exchanged or transferred shall be promptly cancelled by the Company and no Debt Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Securityholders Agreement.
If the Company shall acquire any of the Debt Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debt Securities unless and until the same are duly cancelled. 

Section 2.9 Computation of Interest. 

(a) The amount of interest payable for each Interest Period will be computed on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days
elapsed in such Interest Period. 
 (b) All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debt Securities will be rounded, if
necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all dollar amounts used in or
resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward). 

  
 11 

 (c) The Company shall, upon the request of the holder of any Debt Securities, confirm the
Interest Rate. The Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on information received from the Company as to the Interest Rate. The Company shall, from time to time, provide any necessary information to the Paying Agent relating to any original issue
discount and interest on the Debt Securities that is included in any payment and reportable for taxable income calculation purposes. 

Section 2.10 CUSIP Numbers. 

The Company in issuing the Debt Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Company shall use
“CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Debt Securities or
as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debt Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The
Company will promptly notify the Securityholders in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers. 
 ARTICLE III 

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY 

Section 3.1 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debt Securities. 

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid all payments due on the Debt Securities at the
place, at the respective times and in the manner provided in this Securityholders Agreement. At the option of the Company, each installment of interest on the Debt Securities may be paid (i) by mailing checks for such interest payable to the
order of the holders of Debt Securities entitled thereto as they appear on the Debt Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer, ACH transfer or other banking transfer to any account with a banking institution located in the United States
designated by such Person to the Paying Agent no later than the related record date. 
 (b) The Company will treat the Debt Securities as
indebtedness, and the interest payable in respect of such Debt Securities as interest, for all U.S. federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of such Debt Securities will be made free and clear of U.S. withholding tax to any beneficial
owner thereof that has provided an (i) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any substitute or successor form or required documentation) establishing its non-U.S. status for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) an Internal Revenue
Service Form W-9 (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its status as a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (including a resident alien individual) for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the nonapplicability of backup withholding, except
where the Company reasonably determines that (i) the beneficial owner directly or indirectly owns 10% or more of the voting power of the 

  
 12 

 
Company’s stock; (ii) the beneficial owner is a bank that has entered into this Agreement in the ordinary course of its business; or (iii) another exception or provision under the
“portfolio interest” rules of the Code applies so as to require withholding of tax by the Company. 
 Section 3.2 Offices
for Notices and Payments, etc. 
 So long as any of the Debt Securities remain outstanding, the Company will maintain in Albemarle,
North Carolina or elsewhere within the State of North Carolina an office or agency where the Debt Securities may be presented for payment, an office or agency where the Debt Securities may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange
as provided in this Securityholders Agreement and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Debt Securities or of this Securityholders Agreement may be served, provided however, that the Company may waive
presentment for transfer, exchange or payment in its sole discretion. The Company will give to the Securityholders written notice of the location of any such office or agency and of any change of location thereof. Until otherwise designated from
time to time by the Company in a notice to the Securityholders, or specified as contemplated by Section 2.4, such office or agency for all of the above purposes shall be 132 North First Street, Albemarle, North Carolina 28001. 

In addition to any such office or agency, the Company may from time to time designate one or more offices or agencies outside the State of
North Carolina where the Debt Securities may be registered for transfer and for exchange in the manner provided in this Securityholders Agreement, and the Company may from time to time rescind such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or
expedient; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain any such office or agency within the State of North Carolina for the purposes above mentioned.

 Section 3.3 Provision as to Paying Agent. 

(a) If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent, it will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Company an instrument in which
such agent shall agree with the Company, subject to the provision of this Section 3.3; 
 (1) that it will hold all sums
held by it as such agent for the payment of all payments due on the Debt Securities (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities) in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debt
Securities; 
 (2) that it will give the Securityholders prompt written notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other
obligor on the Debt Securities) to make any payment on the Debt Securities when the same shall be due and payable; and 
 (3)
that it will, at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the written request of the Securityholders, forthwith pay to the Securityholders all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. 

(b) If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the payments due on the Debt Securities, set
aside, segregate and hold in trust 

  
 13 

 
for the benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium or interest so becoming due and will notify the Securityholders in writing of any failure to
take such action and of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor under the Debt Securities) to make any payment on the Debt Securities when the same shall become due and payable. 

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Debt Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the payments on
the Debt Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay all payments so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and the Company shall promptly notify the Securityholders in writing
of its action or failure to act. 
 (c) Anything in this Section 3.3 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for
the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect to the Debt Securities, or for any other reason, pay, or direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Securityholders all sums held in trust by the Company or any such Paying Agent. 

(d) Anything in this Section 3.3 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this
Section 3.3 is subject to Section 12.3 and to Section 12.4. 
 Section 3.4 Certificate to Securityholders. 

Upon the request of any Securityholder, the Company will deliver to such Securityholder on or before 120 days after the end of the
Company’s fiscal year, so long as Debt Securities are outstanding hereunder, a Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as officers of the
Company they would normally have knowledge of any default by the Company in the performance of any covenants contained herein, stating whether or not they have knowledge of any such default and, if so, specifying each such default of which the
signers have knowledge and the nature thereof. 
 Section 3.5 Compliance with Consolidation Provisions. 

The Company will not, while any of the Debt Securities remain outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into any other Person, or merge into
itself, or sell or convey all or substantially all of its property to any other Person unless the provisions of Article XI are complied with. 

Section 3.6 Limitation on Dividends. 

If there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of Default, then the Company may not (A) declare or pay any
dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or (B) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase
or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debt Securities (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company
(i) in connection with any employment 

  
 14 

 
contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (ii) in connection with a dividend reinvestment
or stockholder stock purchase plan or (iii) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior
to the occurrence of (i), (ii), or (iii) above, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the
Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock
pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or
other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon
exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior in interest to such stock). 

ARTICLE IV 
 LISTS AND REPORTS BY
THE COMPANY 
 Section 4.1 Securityholders’ Lists. 

The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to any Securityholder, within 30 days after the receipt by the
Company of a written request from such Securityholder, a list of the names and addresses of all Securityholders as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished. 

Each and every holder of Debt Securities, by receiving and holding the same whether through book entry or in certificated form, agrees with
the Company that neither the Company nor any Paying Agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debt Securities in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 4.1, regardless of the source from which such information was derived. 
 Section 4.2 Financial and Other
Information. 
 The Company shall deliver to each holder of the Debt Securities (A) if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
not then (i) subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (ii) exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) thereunder, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, (B) if the Company is not
then required to file Form FR Y-9C, the audited annual financial statements (or, if no audited financial statements are prepared, the unaudited financial statements) of the Company and any Subsidiaries within 90 days after the end of the fiscal
year, and (C) within 31 days after the end of each calendar (or such later date as may be required by the Code or applicable regulations), Form 1099 or such other annual U.S. federal income tax information statement required by the Code,
containing such information with regard to the Debt Securities held by such holder as is required by the Code and the regulations of the U.S. Department of the Treasury promulgated thereunder. 

  
 15 

 ARTICLE V 

REMEDIES OF THE SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT 

Section 5.1 Events of Default. 

Any of the following events shall be an “Event of Default” with respect to Debt Securities: 

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debt Security when it becomes due and payable, and such default continues for
a period of 30 days; or 
 (b) Reserved 

(c) the Company defaults in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Debt Securities as and when the
same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise; or 
 (d) the Company
defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any of its covenants or agreements in Section 3.5 or Section 3.6 of this Securityholders Agreement (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere
in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Debt Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or 

(e) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case
under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company, or orders the winding-up or
liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or 
 (f) the
Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the
appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay
its debts as they become due. 
 If an Event of Default specified under clause (e) or (f) of this Section 5.1 occurs, then,
in each and every such case, the entire principal amount of the Debt Securities and any premium and interest accrued, but unpaid, thereon shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without further action. 

  
 16 

 The foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any time after the
principal of the Debt Securities shall have become due by acceleration, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, (i) the Company shall pay or shall deposit
with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Debt Securities and all payments on the Debt Securities which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon all such payments,
to the extent permitted by law) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Paying Agent and each predecessor Paying Agent, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Paying
Agent, if any, and (ii) all Events of Default under this Securityholders Agreement, other than the non-payment of the payments on Debt Securities which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied
as provided herein, then and in every such case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Paying Agent, may waive all defaults and rescind and annul
such acceleration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon. 

In case the Securityholders shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Securityholders Agreement and such proceedings shall have
been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Securityholders, then and in every such case the Company and the holders of the Debt Securities shall be
restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company and the holders of the Debt Securities shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken. 

Section 5.2 Payment of Debt Securities on Certain Events of Default; Suit Therefor. 

In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Debt
Securities under Bankruptcy Law, or in case a receiver or trustee shall have been appointed for the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other similar judicial proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon
the Debt Securities, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Securityholders, irrespective of whether the principal of the Debt Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by acceleration or
otherwise and irrespective of whether the Securityholders shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.2, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or
claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debt Securities and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order
to have the claims of the Securityholders (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Securityholders’ agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all other amounts due to the Securityholders) allowed in such judicial
proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote in any election of a trustee or a
standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other 

  
 17 

 
bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing similar functions in comparable proceedings, and to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such
claims, and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the Securityholders to make such payments to the Securityholders. 

Nothing herein contained shall be construed to authorize any single Securityholder to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of
any other Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debt Securities or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize any Securityholder to vote in respect of the claim of any other
Securityholder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 5.3 Proceedings by Securityholders. 

No holder of any Debt Security shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding for any remedy hereunder, unless such holder
previously shall have given to the Company written notice of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities and unless the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding shall join in such
action, suit or proceeding; provided, that no holder of Debt Securities shall have any right to prejudice the rights of any other holder of Debt Securities, obtain priority or preference over any other such holder or enforce any right under
this Securityholders Agreement except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Debt Securities. 

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Securityholders Agreement, but subject to the provisions of Section 5.5 of this
Securityholders Agreement, the right of any holder of any Debt Security to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debt Security when due, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder. For
the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section and except to the extent expressly limited by this Section, each and every Securityholder shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity. 

Section 5.4 Remedies Cumulative and Continuing. 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.5, all powers and remedies given by this Article V to the Securityholders shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the holders of the Debt Securities, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements
contained in this Securityholders Agreement or otherwise established with respect to the Debt Securities, and no delay or omission of any holder of any of the Debt Securities to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default
occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 5.3, every power and remedy given by this
Article V or by law to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Securityholders. 

  
 18 

 Section 5.5 Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of
Securityholders. 
 The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities affected (voting as one group)
at the time outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available with respect to such Debt Securities. Prior to any ipso facto acceleration of the maturity of the Debt
Securities, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Debt Securities waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past Default or
Event of Default and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debt Securities, or (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof which cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the holder of each Debt Security affected. Whenever any Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 5.5, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debt
Securities and this Securityholders Agreement be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing. 
 Section 5.6
Undertaking to Pay Costs. 
 All parties to this Securityholders Agreement agree that any court may in its discretion require, in any
suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Securityholders Agreement, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs,
including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.6 shall
not apply to any suit instituted by any Securityholder or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate a majority in principal amount of the Debt Securities outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of
the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debt Security against the Company on or after the same shall have become due and payable. 

ARTICLE VI 
 SUBORDINATION OF DEBT
SECURITIES 
 Section 6.1 Agreement to Subordinate. 

The Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Debt Securities issued hereunder and under any supplemental Securityholders Agreement
(the “Additional Provisions”) by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Debt Securities shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article VI; and each holder of a Debt Security,
whether upon original issue or upon transfer or assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions. 
 The payment by the
Company of the payments due on all Debt Securities issued hereunder and under any Additional Provisions shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all
Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this Securityholders Agreement or thereafter incurred. 

  
 19 

 No provision of this Article VI shall prevent the occurrence of any default or Event of Default
hereunder. 
 Section 6.2 Default on Senior Indebtedness. 

In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due
on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company following any applicable grace period, or in the event that the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated because of a default, and such acceleration has not been rescinded or
canceled and such Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full then, in either case, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the payments due on the Debt Securities. 

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Securityholders when such payment is prohibited by the
preceding paragraph of this Section 6.2, such payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under
any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only to the extent that the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or a
trustee) notify the Securityholders in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Securityholders shall be paid to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness. 
 Section 6.3 Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy. 

Upon any payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to
creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the
Company shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money in accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company on the Debt Securities; and upon any such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or
reorganization, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Securityholders would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the
provisions of this Article VI, shall be paid by the Company, or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Securityholders under this Securityholders Agreement if
received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative
or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay such Senior
Indebtedness in full, in money or money’s worth, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Securityholders. 

  
 20 

 In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the
Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by any Securityholder before all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full, or provision is made for such payment in
money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee
or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior
Indebtedness of the Company remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the holders of
such Senior Indebtedness. 
 For purposes of this Article VI, the words “cash, property or securities” shall not be deemed to
include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided
in this Article VI with respect to the Debt Securities to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, that may at the time be outstanding, provided, that (a) such Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any,
resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (b) the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company
with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms
and conditions provided for in Article XI of this Securityholders Agreement shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 6.3 if such other corporation shall, as a part of such
consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article XI of this Securityholders Agreement. 

Section 6.4 Subrogation. 

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders
of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until all payments due on the Debt Securities shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such
subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Securityholders would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article VI, and no payment pursuant to the
provisions of this Article VI to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by Securityholders, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debt
Securities be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions 

  
 21 

 
of this Article VI are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Debt Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness, on the other hand. 
 Nothing contained in this Article VI or elsewhere in this Securityholders Agreement, any Additional
Provisions or in the Debt Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debt Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay to the holders of the Debt Securities all payments on the Debt Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of
the holders of the Debt Securities and creditors of the Company, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the holder of any Debt Security from exercising all remedies otherwise
permitted by applicable law upon default under this Securityholders Agreement, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article VI of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon
the exercise of any such remedy. 
 Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article VI, the
Securityholders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the
receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Securityholders, for the purposes of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders
of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article VI. 

Section 6.5 Subordination May Not Be Impaired. 

No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any
time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company, with the terms, provisions and covenants
of this Securityholders Agreement, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with. 

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company may, at any time and
from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Securityholders, without incurring responsibility to the Securityholders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article VI or the obligations hereunder of the
holders of the Debt Securities to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (a) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Senior Indebtedness, or
otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (b) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property
pledged, mortgaged or otherwise 

  
 22 

 
securing such Senior Indebtedness; (c) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights
against the Company, and any other Person. 
 ARTICLE VII 

CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS 

Section 7.1 Action by Securityholders. 

Whenever in this Securityholders Agreement it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt
Securities may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such specified
percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such Securityholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of such holders
of Debt Securities voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Securityholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a
meeting of such Securityholders. 
 If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such Debt Securities for the determination of Securityholders entitled
to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for
the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Debt Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or
revocation of the same, and for that purpose the outstanding Debt Securities shall be computed as of the record date; provided, however, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall
be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Securityholders Agreement not later than six months after the record date. 

Section 7.2 Proof of Execution by Securityholders. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.5, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder or such Securityholder’s
agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Company. The ownership of Debt Securities shall be proved by the Debt Security Register or by a certificate of the Debt Security registrar. The Company may
require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary. 

  
 23 

 The record of any Securityholders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in
Section 8.6. 
 Section 7.3 Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners. 

Prior to the registration for transfer of any Debt Security, the Company, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and any Debt Security registrar
may deem the Person in whose name such Debt Security shall be registered upon the Debt Security Register to be, and may treat such Person as, the absolute owner of such Debt Security (whether or not such Debt Security shall be overdue) for the
purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debt Security and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor any Paying Agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debt Security registrar
shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon such holder’s order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the
liability for moneys payable upon any such Debt Security. 
 Section 7.4 Debt Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not
Outstanding. 
 In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities have concurred in any
direction, consent or waiver under this Securityholders Agreement, Debt Securities which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination. Debt Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may
be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 7.4 if the pledgee shall establish the pledgee’s right to vote such Debt Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any such other obligor or Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. 

Section 7.5 Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound. 

At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Company, as provided in Section 7.1, of the taking of any action by the
holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities specified in this Securityholders Agreement in connection with such action, any holder (in cases where no record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.1) or any
holder as of an applicable record date (in cases where a record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.1) of a Debt Security (or any Debt Security issued in whole or in part in exchange or substitution therefor) the serial number of which is
shown by the evidence to be included in the Debt Securities the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Company, revoke such action so far as concerns such Debt Security (or so far as concerns the
principal amount represented by any exchanged or substituted Debt Security). Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Debt Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such
Debt Security, and of any Debt Security issued in exchange or substitution therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debt Security or any Debt Security issued in
exchange or substitution therefor. 

  
 24 

 ARTICLE VIII 

SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS 

Section 8.1 Purposes of Meetings. 

A meeting of Securityholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII for any of the
following purposes: 
 (a) to give any notice to the Company, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or
to take any other action authorized to be taken by Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article V; 
 (b) to consent to the
execution of a Securityholders Agreement or Securityholders Agreements supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2; or 

(c) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of such Debt
Securities under any other provision of this Securityholders Agreement or under applicable law. 
 Section 8.2 Call of Meetings by
Company. 
 The Company may at any time call a meeting of Securityholders to take any action specified in Section 8.1, to be held
at such time and at such place within the State of North Carolina as the Company shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be
taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of Debt Securities affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Securities Register. Such notice shall be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for
the meeting. 
 Section 8.3 Call of Meetings by Securityholders. 

In case at any time the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding, shall have requested
the Company to call a meeting of Securityholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Company shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of
such request, then such Securityholders may determine the time and the place within the State of North Carolina for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 8.1, by mailing notice thereof as provided in
Section 8.2. 
 Section 8.4 Qualifications for Voting. 

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders a Person shall be (a) a holder of one or more Debt Securities with respect to
which the meeting is being held or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more such Debt Securities. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders
shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel. 

  
 25 

 Section 8.5 Regulations. 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Securityholders Agreement, the Company may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem
advisable for any meeting of Securityholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Debt Securities and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies,
certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. 

The Company shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the
Securityholders as provided in Section 8.3, in which case the Securityholders calling the meeting shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by the holders
of a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities represented in person or by proxy at the meeting. 
 Subject to the
provisions of Section 7.4, at any meeting each holder of Debt Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Debt Securities held or represented by
such holder; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debt Security challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the
meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Debt Securities held by such chairman or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating such chairman as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders. Any meeting of
Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities represented in person or by proxy at the meeting,
whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice. 
 Section 8.6 Voting.

 The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of holders of Debt Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held
shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such holders or of their representatives by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debt Securities held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting
shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the
meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot
taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 8.2. The record shall show the serial numbers of
the Debt Securities voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting, and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the
other shall be preserved by the secretary of the meeting, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. 

  
 26 

 Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 Section 8.7 Quorum; Actions. 

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of
Securityholders; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the holders of not less
than a specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities, the Persons holding or representing such specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a
quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Securityholders, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined
by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the
permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 8.2, except that such notice need be given only once not less than
five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities
which shall constitute a quorum. 
 Except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any resolution presented to
a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities; provided,
however, that, except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Securityholders
Agreement expressly provides may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is
present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than such specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities. 

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of holders of Debt Securities duly held in accordance with this Section shall be
binding on all the Securityholders, whether or not present or represented at the meeting. 

  
 27 

 ARTICLE IX 

SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENTS 

Section 9.1 Supplemental Securityholders Agreements with Consent of Holders of 25% in Aggregate Principal Amount of Debt Securities
then Outstanding. 
 The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, with the consent of not less than 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding, may enter into a supplemental Securityholders Agreement, for one or more of the following purposes: 

(a) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor
corporation of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, pursuant to Article XI; 
 (b) to add to the covenants of the
Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the protection of the holders of Debt Securities as the Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of such Debt Securities, and to make the occurrence, or
the occurrence and continuance, of a Default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a Default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Securityholders Agreement
as herein set forth; provided, however, that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction or condition such supplemental Securityholders Agreement may provide for a particular period of grace after Default (which period may
be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other Defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such Default or may limit the remedies available to the Securityholders upon such default; 

(c) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental Securityholders Agreement which
may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental Securityholders Agreement, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Securityholders Agreement;
provided, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debt Securities; 
 (d) to add to,
delete from, or revise the terms of Debt Securities, including, without limitation, any terms relating to the issuance, exchange, registration or transfer of Debt Securities, including to provide for transfer procedures and restrictions as required
by Section 2.4 (for purposes of assuring that no registration of Debt Securities is required under the Securities Act); provided, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debt Securities then
outstanding; 
 (e) to make any change (other than as elsewhere provided in this paragraph) that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Securityholder in any material respect; or 
 (f) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Debt
Securities, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Securityholders Agreement or the Debt Securities, or to add to the rights of the holders of Debt Securities. 

  
 28 

 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section 9.1 to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental Securityholders Agreement, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. 

Any supplemental Securityholders Agreement authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.1 may be executed by the Company and the
holders of the requisite outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities, without the consent of the remaining holders of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding. 

Promptly after the execution by the Company and Securityholders of any supplemental Securityholders Agreement pursuant to the provisions of
this Section, the Company shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental Securityholders Agreement, to the Securityholders as their names and addresses appear upon the
Debt Security Register. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental Securityholders Agreement. 

Section 9.2 Supplemental Securityholders Agreements with Consent of Holders of a Majority in Aggregate Principal Amount of Debt
Securities then Outstanding. 
 The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, with the consent of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding, may enter into a supplemental Securityholders Agreement, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this
Securityholders Agreement or of any supplemental Securityholders Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no such supplemental Securityholders Agreement shall
without such consent of the holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and affected thereby (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Debt Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the
time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debt Securities, or impair or
affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debt Securities the holders of which are required to
consent to any such supplemental Securityholders Agreement. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this
Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental Securityholders Agreement, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. 

Any supplemental Securityholders Agreement authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.2 may be executed by the Company and the
holders of the requisite outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities, without the consent of the remaining holders of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding. 

Promptly after the execution by the Company and Securityholders of any supplemental Securityholders Agreement pursuant to the provisions of
this Section, the 

  
 29 

 
Company shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental Securityholders Agreement, to the Securityholders as their
names and addresses appear upon the Debt Security Register. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental Securityholders Agreement. 

Section 9.3 Effect of Supplemental Securityholders Agreements. 

Upon the execution of any supplemental Securityholders Agreement pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, this Securityholders Agreement
shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Securityholders Agreement of the Company and the holders of Debt Securities
shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental Securityholders Agreement shall be and be deemed to be part of
the terms and conditions of this Securityholders Agreement for any and all purposes. 
 Section 9.4 Notation on Debt Securities.

 Debt Securities delivered in certificated form after the execution of any supplemental Securityholders Agreement pursuant to the
provisions of this Article IX may bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental Securityholders Agreement. If the Company shall so determine, new certificated Debt Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the
Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Securityholders Agreement contained in any such supplemental Securityholders Agreement may be prepared and executed by the Company and delivered in exchange for any certificated Debt
Securities then outstanding. Nothing in this Section 9.4 shall, however, require the Company to deliver Debt Securities in certificated form whether as a result of the execution of any supplemental Securityholders Agreement or otherwise. 

ARTICLE X 
 REDEMPTION OF
SECURITIES 
 Section 10.1 Optional Redemption. 

At any time the Company shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval from the Federal Reserve, if then
required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve, to redeem the Debt Securities, in whole or in part, on any March 31, June 30, September 31 and December 31 on or after March 31, 2019
(the “Redemption Date”), at the Redemption Price. 
 Section 10.2 Special Event Redemption. 

If a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval
from the Federal Reserve if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve, to redeem the Debt Securities, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the
“Special Redemption Date”), at the Special Redemption Price. 

  
 30 

 Section 10.3 Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities. 

In case the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all, or, as the case may be, any part of the Debt Securities, it shall fix a
date for redemption and shall mail a notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the holders of Debt Securities so to be redeemed as a whole or in part at their last addresses as the same
appear on the Debt Security Register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any case,
failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any Debt Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debt Security. 

The Debt Securities may be called for redemption only as to all of the Debt Securities or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000)
pro rata among all Securityholders based upon the aggregate amount of Debt Securities held by each Securityholder. 
 Each such notice of
redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debt Securities to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption, the redemption price at which Debt Securities are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that payment, in the case of
certificated Debt Securities, will be made upon presentation and surrender of such certificated Debt Securities (unless presentation and surrender is waived by the Company), that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as
specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If less than all the Debt Securities are to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of
the Debt Securities to be redeemed. In case the Debt Securities are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for
redemption, and, in the case of a certificated Debt Security, only upon surrender of such certificated Debt Security, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued. 

Prior to 10:00 a.m. North Carolina time on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date specified in the notice of redemption given as
provided in this Section, the Company will deposit with one or more Paying Agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the redemption date all the Debt Securities so called for redemption at the appropriate redemption price, together with
accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption. 
 Section 10.4 Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption. 

If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 10.3, the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities with respect to
which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be) and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price,

  
 31 

 
together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, and on and after said Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Debt
Securities at the redemption price, together with interest accrued to said date) interest on the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities so called for redemption shall cease to accrue. On presentation and surrender of certificated Debt
Securities to be redeemed at a place of payment specified in said notice, such certificated Debt Securities along with such uncertificated Debt Securities as are to be redeemed in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be paid and redeemed by
the Company at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued thereon to the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be). 

Upon redemption of any certificated Debt Security in part only, the Company shall execute and make available for delivery to the holder
thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of authorized denominations in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Debt Security so presented and shall otherwise update, or cause its agent to
update, book entries with respect to all uncertificated Debt Securities redeemed in part only. 
 ARTICLE XI 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE 

Section 11.1 Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms 

Nothing contained in this Securityholders Agreement or in the Debt Securities shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or
into any other corporation or corporations (whether or not affiliated with the Company) or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance,
transfer or other disposition of the property or capital stock of the Company or its successor or successors as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to any other corporation (whether or not affiliated with the Company, or its successor or
successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that the Company hereby covenants and agrees that, upon any such consolidation, merger (where the Company is not the surviving corporation), sale, conveyance,
transfer or other disposition, the due and punctual payment of all payments due on all of the Debt Securities in accordance with their terms, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and
conditions of this Securityholders Agreement to be kept or performed by the Company, shall be expressly assumed by the entity formed by such consolidation, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or by the entity which shall have acquired
such property or capital stock. 
 Section 11.2 Successor Entity to be Substituted. 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition contemplated in Section 11.1 and upon the
assumption by the successor entity of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debt Securities and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this
Securityholders Agreement to be performed or observed by the Company, such 

  
 32 

 
successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved of
any further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Debt Securities. Such successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Debt Securities issuable
hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company. All the Debt Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Securityholders Agreement as the Debt Securities theretofore or thereafter
issued in accordance with the terms of this Securityholders Agreement as though all of such Debt Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

ARTICLE XII 
 SATISFACTION AND
DISCHARGE OF SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT 
 Section 12.1 Discharge of Securityholders Agreement. 

When all the Debt Securities not theretofore canceled shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable
within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year, and the Company shall deposit with a Paying Agent, in trust, funds, which shall be immediately due and payable, sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all of the Debt
Securities (other than any Debt Securities which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.5) not theretofore canceled, including principal and premium, if any, and interest
due or to become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, but excluding, however, the amount of any moneys for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities (a) theretofore
repaid to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.4, or (b) paid to any state or to the District of Columbia pursuant to its unclaimed property or similar laws, and if in the case of either clause (a) or clause
(b) the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Securityholders Agreement shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Section 2.5, Section 2.6,
Section 3.1, Section 3.2, Section 3.3, and Section 12.4 hereof, which shall survive until such Debt Securities shall mature or are redeemed, as the case may be, and are paid. Thereafter, Section 12.4 shall survive. 

Section 12.2 Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by a Paying Agent. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 12.3 and Section 12.4, all moneys deposited with any Paying Agent pursuant to Section 12.1
shall be held in trust and applied by it to the payment, to the holders of the particular Debt Securities for the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Paying Agent, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, and
premium, if any, and interest. 
 Section 12.3 Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held. 

Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Securityholders Agreement, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent of the Debt Securities shall,
upon demand of the Company, be repaid to the Company, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys. 

  
 33 

 Section 12.4 Return of Unclaimed Moneys. 

Any moneys deposited with or paid to any Paying Agent for payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Debt Securities and
not applied but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Debt Securities for two years after the date upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Debt Securities, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be
repaid to the Company by such Paying Agent on written demand; and the holder of any of the Debt Securities shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such holder may be entitled to collect and all liability of such Paying Agent
with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease. 
 ARTICLE XIII 

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 

Section 13.1 Securityholders Agreement and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations. 

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debt Security, or for any claim based thereon or
otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Securityholders Agreement or in any supplemental Securityholders Agreement, or in any such Debt Security, or because of the
creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation of the
Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly
understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Securityholders Agreement and the issue of the Debt Securities. 

ARTICLE XIV 
 MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS 
 Section 14.1 Successors. 

All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of the Company contained in this Securityholders Agreement shall bind its successors
and assigns whether so expressed or not. 
 Section 14.2 Official Acts by Successor Entity. 

Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Securityholders Agreement authorized or required to be done or performed by any board,
committee or officer of the 

  
 34 

 
Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee, officer or other authorized Person of any entity that shall at the time be the lawful
successor of the Company. 
 Section 14.3 Surrender of Company Powers. 

The Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of 2/3 (two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Securityholders
may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company and as to any permitted successor. 

Section 14.4 Addresses for Notices, etc. 

Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Securityholders Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served by the
Securityholders on the Company may be given or served in writing by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is filed by the Company with the Securityholders for
such purpose) to the Company at: 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

Uwharrie Capital Corp 
 P.O. Box
338 
 Albemarle, NC 28002 

Any notice, direction, request or demand by the Company to or upon and Securityholders shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or
made, for all purposes, if given or made in to the address of such Securityholder most recently furnished to the Company by such Securityholder. 

Section 14.5 Governing Law. 

This Securityholders Agreement and each Debt Security shall be deemed to be a contract made under the law of the State of North Carolina, and
for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of said State, without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof. 

Section 14.6 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent. 

Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Securityholders Agreement and delivered to the Securityholders with respect to compliance
with a condition or covenant provided for in this Securityholders Agreement (except certificates delivered pursuant to Section 3.4) shall include (a) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or
condition; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such person,
he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the
opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 

  
 35 

 Section 14.7 Business Day Convention. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or Special Redemption
Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the latest immediately preceding day which is a Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on
the originally scheduled Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as the case may be, and no additional interest will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof. 

Section 14.8 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Securityholders Agreement have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 14.9 Execution in Counterparts. 

This Securityholders Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall
together constitute but one and the same instrument. 
 Section 14.10 Severability. 

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Securityholders Agreement or in the Debt Securities shall for any reason be held
to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Securityholders Agreement or of such Debt Securities, but this Securityholders Agreement and such
Debt Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein. 

Section 14.11 Assignment. 

Subject to Article XI, the Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Securityholders
Agreement to a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, provided, that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, this Securityholders Agreement
is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Securityholders Agreement may not otherwise be assigned by the parties thereto. 

[Signature page follows] 

  
 36 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Securityholders Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	COMPANY:
	
	UWHARRIE CAPITAL CORP
		
	By	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	SECURITYHOLDER:
	
	[if an entity]
	
	  

		
	By	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
		 	[if an individual]
		
		 	  

		 	Name:

 Signature Page to Securityholders Agreement 

 EXHIBIT A 

FORM OF FIXED RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITY DUE 2024 

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY] 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS
SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY,
(B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT
OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”
WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND
NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE
COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C) OR (D) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING
THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF
ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT 

  
 A-1-1 

 
SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”),
(EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR
ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1, 84-14, THE NON-FIDUCIARY SERVICE PROVIDER EXEMPTION
UNDER SECTION 408(B)(17) OF ERISA OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION. 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL
DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $50,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000
IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $50,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF
THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY. 

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL
DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION. THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND IS NOT
SECURED. 

  
 A-1-2 

 Fixed Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Security due 2024 

of 
 UHWARRIE CAPITAL CORP

 Uwharrie Capital Corp, a bank holding company incorporated in the State of North Carolina (the “Company”), for value
received promises to pay to [SECURITY HOLDER] (the “Holder”), or registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] Dollars
($[            ]) on March 31, 2024 and to pay interest on said principal sum from March 31, 2014 or from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or
duly provided for, quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) of each year commencing on the first Interest Payment Date following the
original date of issuance of such Debt Security, at a fixed per annum rate of interest equal to 5.75% (the “Interest Rate”) until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and on any overdue principal and (without duplication
and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Interest
Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the latest immediately preceding day which
is a Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the originally scheduled Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as the case may be. The interest installment so payable, and punctually
paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Securityholders Agreement, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities, as defined in said Securityholders Agreement)
is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, except that interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. Any such interest installment not punctually
paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holders on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Debt Securities) is registered at the
close of business on a special record date to be fixed by the Company for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the registered holders of the Debt Securities not less than 10 days prior to such special record date,
all as more fully provided in the Securityholders Agreement. The principal of and interest on this Debt Security shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company (or Paying Agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any
coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed
to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Debt Security Register or by ACH or wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. 

The indebtedness evidenced by this Debt Security is, to the extent provided in the Securityholders Agreement, subordinate and junior in right
of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debt Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Securityholders Agreement with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debt Security, by accepting the same, agrees to
and shall be bound by such provisions. Each holder hereof, by such holder’s 

  
 A-1-3 

 
acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Securityholders Agreement by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether
now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions. 
 The Company waives demand,
presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of protest, and all other notices. 
 The provisions of this Debt Security are
continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place. 

This Debt Security may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Debt Security may be executed by the affixing of the
signature of a proper officer of the Company to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though the Company had executed a single
signature page. 
 [Signature page follows] 

  
 A-1-4 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate. 

 

			
	UWHARRIE CAPITAL CORP
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

Dated:                    ,      

  
 A-1-5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY] 

This Debt Security is one of a duly authorized series of Debt Securities of the Company, all issued or to be issued pursuant to a
Securityholders Agreement (the “Securityholders Agreement”), dated as of March 31, 2014 duly executed and entered into among the Company and the holders of Debt Securities of like tenor, to which Securityholders Agreement and all
Securityholders Agreements supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company and the holders of the Debt Securities (referred to herein
as the “Debt Securities”) of which this Debt Security is a part. The summary of the terms of this Debt Security contained herein does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the Securityholders Agreement. 

Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event or a Capital Treatment Event, this Debt Security may become due and payable, in whole but
not in part, at any time, within 90 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event or Capital Treatment Event (the “Special Redemption Date”), as the case may be, at the Special Redemption Price. The Company shall also have the right to
redeem this Debt Security at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on any March 31, June 30, September 31 and December 31 on or after March 31, 2019 (a “Redemption Date”), at the Redemption
Price. 
 Any redemption pursuant to the preceding paragraph will be made, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval from the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve, upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice. If the
Debt Securities are only partially redeemed by the Company, the Debt Securities will be redeemed pro rata. 
 “Redemption
Price” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debt Securities being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debt Securities to the Redemption Date or, in the case of a redemption due to the occurrence of a Special Event, to the
Special Redemption Date. 
 “Special Redemption Price” means, with respect to the redemption of any Debt Security following a
Special Event, 100% of the principal amount of the Debt Securities being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debt Securities to the Special Redemption Date. 

In the event of redemption of this Debt Security in part only, a new certificated or uncertificated Debt Security or Debt Securities for the
unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof. 
 If case an Event of Default
specified under Section 5.1(e) or Section 5.1(f) of the Securityholders Agreement occurs, then, in each and every such case, the entire principal amount of the Debt Securities and any premium and interest accrued, but unpaid, thereon shall
ipso facto become immediately due and payable without further action, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Securityholders Agreement. 

  
 A-1-6 

 The Securityholders Agreement contains provisions permitting the Company and the holders of not
less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected thereby, as specified in the Securityholders Agreement, to execute supplemental Securityholders Agreements for the purpose of (i) evidencing the
succession of another corporation to the Company; (ii) adding to the covenants of the Company further covenants for the protection of the holders of Debt Securities; (iii) curing any ambiguity, or correcting any defective or inconsistent
provision; (iv) adding to, deleting from, or revising the terms of the Debt Securities, provided that such actions do not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debt Securities then outstanding; (v) making any other change
that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect; or (vi) providing for the issuance of Debt Securities, establishing the form of certifications to be given pursuant to the terms of the Securityholders
Agreement or the Debt Securities, or adding to the rights of the Debt Securities. 
 The Securityholders Agreement contains provisions
permitting the Company and the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected thereby, as specified in the Securityholders Agreement, to execute supplemental Securityholders
Agreements for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Securityholders Agreement or of any supplemental Securityholders Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
holders of the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no such supplemental Securityholders Agreement shall, among other things, without the consent of the holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and affected thereby
(i) extend the fixed maturity of the Debt Securities, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any redemption premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or make payments due on the Debt Securities
payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debt Securities, or impair or affect the right of any holder of Debt Securities to institute suit for the payment thereof, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debt
Securities, the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental Securityholders Agreement. 
 The Securityholders
Agreement also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding, on behalf of all of the holders of the Debt Securities, to waive any past default in the
performance of any of the covenants contained in the Securityholders Agreement, or established pursuant to the Securityholders Agreement, and its consequences, except a default in payments due on any of the Debt Securities. Any such consent or
waiver by the registered holder of this Debt Security (unless revoked as provided in the Securityholders Agreement) shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of this Debt Security and of any Debt
Security issued in exchange herefor or in place hereof (whether by registration of transfer or otherwise), irrespective of whether or not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Debt Security. 

No reference herein to the Securityholders Agreement and no provision of this Debt Security or of the Securityholders Agreement shall alter or
impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay all payments due on this Debt Security at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed. 

  
 A-1-7 

 As provided in the Securityholders Agreement and subject to certain limitations herein and
therein set forth, this Debt Security is transferable by the registered holder hereof on the Debt Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Debt Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained
for such purpose accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more
new Debt Securities of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto. 
 Prior registration of transfer of
this Debt Security, the Company, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and the Debt Security registrar may deem and treat the registered holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Debt Security shall be overdue and
notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal hereof, premium, if any, and interest due hereon and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor any Paying
Agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debt Security registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. 
 No recourse shall be had
for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or the interest on this Debt Security, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Securityholders Agreement, against any incorporator,
stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or
otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released. 

The Debt Securities are issuable in registered uncertificated or certificated form without coupons. As provided in the Securityholders
Agreement and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, Debt Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering the
same. 
 All terms used in this Debt Security that are defined in the Securityholders Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in
the Securityholders Agreement. 
 THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA SHALL GOVERN THE SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT AND THE DEBT SECURITIES,
WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF. 

  
 A-1-8 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE 
 OF
OFFICER 
 OF 

UWHARRIE CAPITAL CORP. 

Pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Securityholders Agreement among Uwharrie Capital Corp, as issuer (the “Company”), and the
Securityholders which are parties thereto, dated as of March 31, 2014 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Securityholders Agreement”), the undersigned certifies that he/she is a principal executive officer, principal
financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company and in the course of the performance by the undersigned of his/her duties as an officer of the Company, the undersigned would normally have knowledge of any default by the Company in
the performance of any covenants contained in the Securityholders Agreement, and the undersigned hereby further certifies that he/she has no knowledge of any such default for the year 20     [,except as follows: specify each
such default and the nature thereof].  
 Capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, have the respective
meanings ascribed thereto in the Securityholders Agreement. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of
            , 20    . 
  

			
	UWHARRIE CAPITAL CORP
		
	Name:	 	  

		
	Title:	 	  

  
 B-1-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00230-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00230-of-00352.parquet"}]]